{"title":"New Arrivals","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExplore our new arrivals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eNew arrivals: The best of the best.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover a fresh selection of arrivals chosen to help you spot what’s new fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse standout picks across categories and compare options with less guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis collection makes it easier to find products that feel current, relevant, and worth a closer look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you like to check what’s new before you shop deeper, start here and narrow your choices quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can scan recent additions, review product details, and move to the items that match your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom everyday essentials to distinctive finds, these selections highlight what’s new in one convenient place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this page as a simple way to follow arrivals without sorting through the full catalog first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach listing is grouped to help you browse with more focus and less scrolling. That makes quick comparisons easier. You can look for familiar categories, explore fresh options, and decide where to click next. This approach supports faster decisions without adding unnecessary steps. It also helps returning shoppers see what feels new at a glance. If you prefer a simple starting point, this page keeps the process clear and easy to scan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor unrelated searches like southwest airlines flight status, this collection is focused only on store products.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"haribo-konfekties-fruity-licorice-mix-6-17-oz","title":"Haribo Konfekties Fruity \u0026 Licorice Mix 5.64 oz (160g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Konfekties Fruity and Licorice Mix is a 5.64 oz (160 g) bag of German candy that combines soft fruit-flavored gummy pieces with classic black licorice in one assortment. It is the genuine imported bag, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHaribo Konfekties: Fruity Gummies and Black Licorice in One German Mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit and licorice together\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet fruit-flavored pieces sit alongside firm black licorice so every handful offers both tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Haribo chew\u003c\/strong\u003e — the firm, springy texture Haribo is known for, in bite-size assorted shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.64 oz (160 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard European sharing size, enough for a candy dish or a movie night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Haribo to the original European recipe, not a US reformulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParty-ready assortment\u003c\/strong\u003e — mixed colors and shapes work well for candy bowls, gift bags, and licorice fans who also like fruit gummies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for trying it once or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bag and pour the mix into a bowl so guests can pick fruit pieces or licorice as they like, or eat straight from the bag as an afternoon snack. Licorice pairs well with coffee, and the fruit pieces are a good match for sparkling water. Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), fold it closed after opening, and finish within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Haribo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo was founded in Bonn, Germany in 1920 by Hans Riegel, and the name is an acronym of Hans Riegel Bonn. The company created the gummy bear in 1922 and is still family-owned, producing gummy, licorice, and foam-sugar candy in Germany and across Europe. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/haribo\"\u003eHaribo collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.haribo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eharibo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Haribo Konfekties contain gelatin or allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost classic Haribo gummies made in Germany contain pork gelatin, and licorice pieces are usually made with wheat flour, so this mix is not suitable for vegetarians or anyone avoiding gluten. Recipes can change between production runs, so always read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating if you have an allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Haribo Konfekties?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat, which can make gummies sticky or clump together. Do not refrigerate. Once opened, fold the bag closed or move the candy to an airtight container and finish it within a few weeks for the best chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Haribo Konfekties and Haribo Stafetten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKonfekties is an assortment: fruity gummy pieces mixed with black licorice in varied shapes and colors, so it suits people who like both. Stafetten is a single-style bag of soft licorice sticks only, with no fruit pieces. Choose Konfekties for variety and a milder introduction to licorice, or Stafetten for a pure licorice flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Haribo Konfekties imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Haribo Konfekties Fruity and Licorice Mix in the original 160 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Haribo Konfekties contain gelatin or allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Most classic Haribo gummies made in Germany contain pork gelatin, and licorice pieces are usually made with wheat flour, so this mix is not suitable for vegetarians or anyone avoiding gluten. Recipes can change between production runs, so always read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating if you have an allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Haribo Konfekties?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat, which can make gummies sticky or clump together. Do not refrigerate. Once opened, fold the bag closed or move the candy to an airtight container and finish it within a few weeks for the best chew.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Haribo Konfekties and Haribo Stafetten?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Konfekties is an assortment: fruity gummy pieces mixed with black licorice in varied shapes and colors, so it suits people who like both. Stafetten is a single-style bag of soft licorice sticks only, with no fruit pieces. Choose Konfekties for variety and a milder introduction to licorice, or Stafetten for a pure licorice flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Haribo Konfekties imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Haribo Konfekties Fruity and Licorice Mix in the original 160 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45648552526015,"sku":"HARIBO-KONFEKTIES-564OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45648552558783,"sku":"HARIBO-KONFEKTIES-564OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45648552591551,"sku":"HARIBO-KONFEKTIES-564OZ-PACK6","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/810eH37vKQL_0d39d114-457d-4cbc-a309-e51f359be7dd.png?v=1777322387"},{"product_id":"milka-alpine-milk-chocolate-bar-90g","title":"Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar, 100% Alpine Milk, 3.17 oz (90g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar is a 3.17 oz (90 g) European milk chocolate bar made with 100 percent Alpine milk, the classic solid Milka bar in the lilac wrapper. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Alpine Milk: The Classic Solid Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy, mild Milka milk chocolate made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bar, no filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original Milka recipe with nothing added, so the milk chocolate flavor stands on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.17 oz (90 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the current European format with slim, snappable squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCocoa Life sourced cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — cocoa comes through Mondelez's Cocoa Life sustainability program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same bar sold in Germany and across Europe, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the bar come to room temperature, break off a square, and let it melt slowly on the tongue for the fullest creamy flavor. It pairs well with coffee, hot cocoa, or a glass of cold milk. Because it has no filling, it melts cleanly for ganache, chocolate fondue, hot chocolate, or drizzling over waffles and pancakes. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lorrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Alpine Milk is the original Milka bar and the base recipe for the rest of the range. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 100 percent Alpine milk mean on a Milka bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt means the milk used in the chocolate comes entirely from dairy farms in the Alpine region, which Milka has used as its signature ingredient since 1901. Combined with a mild cocoa blend, it gives the bar its very creamy, soft, sweet character, milder and smoother than most American milk chocolate bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Alpine Milk bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does 100 percent Alpine milk mean on a Milka bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It means the milk used in the chocolate comes entirely from dairy farms in the Alpine region, which Milka has used as its signature ingredient since 1901. Combined with a mild cocoa blend, it gives the bar its very creamy, soft, sweet character, milder and smoother than most American milk chocolate bars.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Alpine Milk bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45543849099455,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736954036415,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736954069183,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736954101951,"sku":"MILKA-ALPENMILCH-317OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_a46923e0-1381-4e49-aa5f-27a2ccc983cd.png?v=1781805021"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-rum-raisins-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026 Hazelnuts, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with rum-soaked raisins and whole hazelnuts folded into smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts: German Milk Chocolate with Fruit and Nuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRum-soaked raisins and whole hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — fruity raisins and crunchy hazelnuts spread through every square of milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the milk chocolate softens around the raisins and hazelnuts. It pairs well with black coffee or an after-dinner espresso, and chopped pieces work well in cookie dough or over vanilla ice cream. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The raisins are soaked in rum, so the bar contains a small amount of alcohol. Anyone with a nut or alcohol concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts adds rum-soaked raisins alongside whole hazelnuts, so it has a fruity, slightly boozy note next to the nut crunch. Whole Hazelnuts is a plain milk chocolate and nut bar with no fruit or added flavoring. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format and Rainforest Alliance milk chocolate base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The raisins are soaked in rum, so the bar contains a small amount of alcohol. Anyone with a nut or alcohol concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Rum Raisins \u0026 Hazelnuts adds rum-soaked raisins alongside whole hazelnuts, so it has a fruity, slightly boozy note next to the nut crunch. Whole Hazelnuts is a plain milk chocolate and nut bar with no fruit or added flavoring. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format and Rainforest Alliance milk chocolate base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Rum Raisins \u0026amp; Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603258826943,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603258859711,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603258892479,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603258925247,"sku":"RITTER-RUMRAISINHAZEL-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_e0a11e7b-cf0b-4160-8845-9b938b3b2b46.png?v=1778970152"},{"product_id":"milka-lu-biscuits-87g","title":"Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits, Alpine Milk Chocolate with LU Biscuits, 3 oz (87g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits Alpine Milk Chocolate Bar is a 3 oz (87 g) European chocolate bar with a crunchy LU biscuit piece inside Milka's smooth Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits: Crunchy Biscuit Inside Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy LU biscuit piece\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real LU biscuit piece embedded in the bar, giving a firm crunch instead of a soft filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz (87 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European single-serve size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic European pairing\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings together two long-running European food brands, Milka and LU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold across Europe, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the bar sit at room temperature and break off a piece so the milk chocolate softens slightly while the LU biscuit stays crunchy. It pairs well with coffee or tea, and works as a simple addition to a cookie or dessert platter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. The LU partnership pairs Milka's Alpine milk chocolate with a classic European biscuit for a simple crunchy treat. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits contains milk, soy, and wheat from the LU biscuit piece, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a nut or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the LU biscuit's crunch. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week for the best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the LU biscuit add to Milka chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe LU biscuit piece inside adds a crunchy, lightly sweet texture that contrasts with the smooth Milka Alpine milk chocolate around it. It is closer to a chocolate-covered cookie than a filled truffle bar, since it does not have the soft filled centers found in bars like Milka Oreo or Milka Caramel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026amp; LU Biscuits bar in the original 3 oz (87 g) format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same bar sold across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits contains milk, soy, and wheat from the LU biscuit piece, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a nut or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the LU biscuit's crunch. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week for the best texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the LU biscuit add to Milka chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The LU biscuit piece inside adds a crunchy, lightly sweet texture that contrasts with the smooth Milka Alpine milk chocolate around it. It is closer to a chocolate-covered cookie than a filled truffle bar, since it does not have the soft filled centers found in bars like Milka Oreo or Milka Caramel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026 LU Biscuits bar in the original 3 oz (87 g) format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same bar sold across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45735848673471,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45735848706239,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45735848739007,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45735848771775,"sku":"MILKA-LU-3OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/61cCPuyu01L.png?v=1777324221"},{"product_id":"toblerone-white-chocolate-bar-honey-almond-nougat-100g","title":"Toblerone White Chocolate Bar with Honey \u0026 Almond Nougat, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eToblerone White Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) Swiss white chocolate bar in the famous triangular peak shape, filled with pieces of honey and almond nougat. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eToblerone White Chocolate: Swiss White Chocolate with Honey and Almond Nougat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwiss white chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a creamy, vanilla-sweet white chocolate made with Swiss milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney and almond nougat\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same crunchy honey-almond nougat pieces found in the classic milk chocolate Toblerone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIconic triangular peaks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 3.52 oz (100 g) bar breaks into individual triangles inspired by the Swiss Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries kosher certification on the European packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Bern, Switzerland\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at the original Toblerone factory to the European recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off one triangle at a time by pressing the peak toward the bar, then let it soften on the tongue so the nougat pieces come through. Serve at room temperature with coffee, or chop the bar over ice cream and into blondie batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Toblerone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToblerone was created in Bern, Switzerland in 1908 by Theodor Tobler and Emil Baumann, who combined Swiss milk chocolate with honey and almond nougat in the now-famous triangular peaks. The bar is still produced in Bern and the brand is owned today by Mondelez International. The triangular peaks and the hidden bear in the mountain logo are recognized worldwide. Browse more European chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.toblerone.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etoblerone.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Toblerone White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Toblerone White Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Toblerone White Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Toblerone White and Toblerone Milk Chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The White version replaces Swiss milk chocolate with a creamy, sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk, so the honey and almond flavors stand out more. Choose White for a milder, vanilla-sweet bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Toblerone White Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Toblerone White Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Toblerone White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Toblerone White Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Toblerone White Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Toblerone White and Toblerone Milk Chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The White version replaces Swiss milk chocolate with a creamy, sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk, so the honey and almond flavors stand out more. Choose White for a milder, vanilla-sweet bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Toblerone White Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Toblerone White Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Toblerone","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45599487590591,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45599487623359,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-PACK3","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45599487688895,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-PACK6","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45599487721663,"sku":"TOBLERONE-WHITE-100G-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_051e22b5-c1af-4f66-9038-99653d387099.png?v=1778970079"},{"product_id":"haribo-susse-mause-sweet-mice-marshmallow-175g","title":"Haribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) Marshmallow Candy 6.17 oz (175g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) Marshmallow Candy is a 6.17 oz (175 g) bag of soft, mouse-shaped foam-sugar candy from Germany with a light sugar coating and a sweet, fruity flavor. It is the genuine imported bag, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHaribo Sweet Mice: Soft Sugar-Coated Marshmallow Candy from Germany\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam-sugar texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — light and fluffy like a marshmallow, much softer than a classic Haribo gummy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMouse shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e — pink and white mice with a fine sugar coating that gives a slight crunch before the soft center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet, mild flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a gentle fruity sweetness that appeals to kids and adults who prefer softer candy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.17 oz (175 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard European sharing size for candy dishes and lunchboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Haribo to the original European recipe, sold in Germany as Süße Mäuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for trying it once or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat the mice straight from the bag, or use them as cake and cupcake toppers since the shapes hold up well at room temperature. They also work in candy-bowl mixes alongside firmer gummies for a contrast in texture. Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from heat and humidity, and reseal it after opening so the foam candy does not dry out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Haribo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo was founded in Bonn, Germany in 1920 by Hans Riegel, and the name is an acronym of Hans Riegel Bonn. The company created the gummy bear in 1922 and is still family-owned, producing gummy, licorice, and foam-sugar candy in Germany and across Europe. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/haribo\"\u003eHaribo collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.haribo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eharibo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Haribo Sweet Mice contain gelatin or allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Haribo foam-sugar candies such as Sweet Mice are made with gelatin, so they are not suitable for vegetarians or vegans. Major allergens are not typical in this style of candy, but recipes and facility notices can change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Haribo Sweet Mice marshmallow candy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight, heat, and humidity, which can make the sugar coating sticky. Do not refrigerate. After opening, fold the bag closed or move the mice to an airtight container so the foam-sugar center stays soft, and finish within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Haribo Sweet Mice and regular Haribo gummies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSweet Mice are a foam-sugar candy, so the texture is soft, airy, and marshmallow-like with a thin sugar coating on the outside. Regular Haribo gummies such as Gold Bears are firm and springy with a translucent, glossy surface. The mice are milder and sweeter, which makes them a popular choice for younger kids and for softer candy mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Sweet Mice imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Haribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) in the original 175 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Haribo Sweet Mice contain gelatin or allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Haribo foam-sugar candies such as Sweet Mice are made with gelatin, so they are not suitable for vegetarians or vegans. Major allergens are not typical in this style of candy, but recipes and facility notices can change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bag before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Haribo Sweet Mice marshmallow candy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bag in a cool, dry place around 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight, heat, and humidity, which can make the sugar coating sticky. Do not refrigerate. After opening, fold the bag closed or move the mice to an airtight container so the foam-sugar center stays soft, and finish within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Haribo Sweet Mice and regular Haribo gummies?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sweet Mice are a foam-sugar candy, so the texture is soft, airy, and marshmallow-like with a thin sugar coating on the outside. Regular Haribo gummies such as Gold Bears are firm and springy with a translucent, glossy surface. The mice are milder and sweeter, which makes them a popular choice for younger kids and for softer candy mixes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Haribo Sweet Mice imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Haribo Sweet Mice (Süße Mäuse) in the original 175 g bag, with European packaging and a DD\/MM\/YYYY best-before date. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same candy sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45543909687487,"sku":"HARIBO-SWEETMICE-617OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45543909720255,"sku":"HARIBO-SWEETMICE-617OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45543909753023,"sku":"HARIBO-SWEETMICE-617OZ-PACK6","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/91RJ2NlasVL_a8bdaa92-07f5-4114-b6a6-311c7c5924b9.jpg?v=1777318386"},{"product_id":"toblerone-swiss-milk-chocolate-bar-honey-almond-nougat-100g","title":"Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar 100g | Honey \u0026 Almond Nougat","description":"\u003cp\u003eToblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) Swiss milk chocolate bar in the famous triangular peak shape, filled with crunchy pieces of honey and almond nougat. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eToblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate: The Original Triangular Bar with Honey and Almond Nougat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwiss milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth, creamy milk chocolate made with Swiss milk, the recipe Toblerone has used since 1908\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney and almond nougat\u003c\/strong\u003e — small crunchy pieces of honey-almond nougat set through every triangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIconic triangular peaks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 3.52 oz (100 g) bar breaks into individual triangles inspired by the Swiss Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries kosher certification on the European packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Bern, Switzerland\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at the original Toblerone factory to the European recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off one triangle at a time by pressing the peak toward the bar rather than pulling it away, then let the chocolate soften on the tongue so the honey and almond pieces come through. Serve at room temperature with coffee, melt it into hot chocolate, or chop it over ice cream. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Toblerone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToblerone was created in Bern, Switzerland in 1908 by Theodor Tobler and Emil Baumann, who combined Swiss milk chocolate with honey and almond nougat in the now-famous triangular peaks. The bar is still produced in Bern and the brand is owned today by Mondelez International. The triangular peaks and the hidden bear in the mountain logo are recognized worldwide. Browse more European chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.toblerone.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etoblerone.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Toblerone Milk Chocolate and Toblerone White?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The Milk version uses classic Swiss milk chocolate with a clear cocoa flavor, while the White version uses a sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk. Choose Milk for the original Toblerone taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate contains milk, almonds, soy, and egg, since the honey-almond nougat is made with egg white. It is produced in a facility that may also handle other nuts and wheat. Anyone with a nut, egg, or dairy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Toblerone Milk Chocolate and Toblerone White?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both bars share the same triangular shape, the same 3.52 oz (100 g) size, and the same crunchy honey and almond nougat pieces. The Milk version uses classic Swiss milk chocolate with a clear cocoa flavor, while the White version uses a sweeter white chocolate made from cocoa butter and milk. Choose Milk for the original Toblerone taste.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar imported from Switzerland?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Toblerone Swiss Milk Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g triangular format, made in Bern, Switzerland. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and packaging sold in Switzerland and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Toblerone","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45599522586815,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45599522619583,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-PACK3","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45599522685119,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-PACK6","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45599522717887,"sku":"TOBLERONE-MILK-100G-PACK10","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/1_b8f95fa8-5882-4a1d-861b-9f5a16b64531.jpg?v=1778966003"},{"product_id":"schogetten-alpine-milk-chocolate-chopped-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts 3.52 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eSchogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German milk chocolate bar molded into 18 individually divided pieces, with crunchy chopped hazelnuts mixed through smooth Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSchogetten Hazelnut: Alpine Milk Chocolate in 18 Pre-Portioned Pieces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChopped hazelnuts throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — roasted hazelnut pieces spread evenly through every square for a light crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, creamy German milk chocolate with a mild cocoa flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 pre-portioned pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 3.52 oz (100 g) bar is molded into separate squares that lift out of the tray one at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo knife, no crumbs\u003c\/strong\u003e — each piece is fully divided, so there is no snapping along scored lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Ludwig Schokolade in Saarlouis to the original European recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the box, lift out a single square, and let it soften on the tongue so the milk chocolate melts around the hazelnut pieces. The portioned format makes it easy to pack two or three pieces in a lunchbox or to share around a table without breaking a bar. Keep the box between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and close the sleeve after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Schogetten\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchogetten is a German chocolate brand made by Ludwig Schokolade, part of the Krüger Group, at its factory in Saarlouis, Germany. The brand is known for its pre-portioned format: every bar is molded into individually divided pieces that break off cleanly without a knife. Schogetten bars are sold across Germany and Europe in many milk, dark, and filled varieties. Browse more German chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.schogetten.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eschogetten.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy lecithin, and it is produced in a facility that may also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Schogetten chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, close the sleeve or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Schogetten Hazelnut and a regular hazelnut chocolate bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe main difference is the format. Instead of a solid bar with scored lines, Schogetten is molded into 18 separate squares that sit in a tray, so each piece comes out clean without breaking or crumbs. The chocolate itself is a mild Alpine milk chocolate with chopped hazelnuts, comparable in style to other German milk chocolate bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Schogetten chocolate imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts in the original 100 g box, made by Ludwig Schokolade in Germany. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy lecithin, and it is produced in a facility that may also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, dairy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Schogetten chocolate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Once opened, close the sleeve or store the bar in an airtight container and finish it within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Schogetten Hazelnut and a regular hazelnut chocolate bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The main difference is the format. Instead of a solid bar with scored lines, Schogetten is molded into 18 separate squares that sit in a tray, so each piece comes out clean without breaking or crumbs. The chocolate itself is a mild Alpine milk chocolate with chopped hazelnuts, comparable in style to other German milk chocolate bars.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Schogetten chocolate imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Schogetten Alpine Milk Chocolate with Chopped Hazelnuts in the original 100 g box, made by Ludwig Schokolade in Germany. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Schogetten","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45755193393343,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45755193426111,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45755193458879,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45755193491647,"sku":"SCHOGETTEN-ALPHAZEL-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51MqrY11L5L.png?v=1777323949"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-whole-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted hazelnuts set into smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Whole Hazelnuts: German Milk Chocolate with Whole Nuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole nuts packed into every square, not chopped pieces or paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it reach room temperature before eating, since a cold bar mutes both the chocolate flavor and the hazelnut crunch. It pairs well with black coffee or cold milk, and chopped pieces work well over vanilla ice cream or in baking. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhole Hazelnuts uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate, giving a mild, creamy base around the nuts. The Nut Selection White Chocolate version swaps in a sweeter white chocolate shell instead. Both hold whole roasted hazelnuts and share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the difference is the chocolate itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts and Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Whole Hazelnuts uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate, giving a mild, creamy base around the nuts. The Nut Selection White Chocolate version swaps in a sweeter white chocolate shell instead. Both hold whole roasted hazelnuts and share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the difference is the chocolate itself.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603195814079,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603195846847,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603195879615,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603195912383,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEHAZEL-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_7e6886aa-fb6c-4b57-9d9b-d16ad8a804a8.png?v=1778970107"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-white-chocolate-whole-hazelnuts-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts is a 3.5 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted hazelnuts set into smooth white chocolate, part of Ritter Sport's Nut Selection range. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate: Whole Hazelnuts in a Sweet White Chocolate Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole nuts set through smooth white chocolate, not chopped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth white chocolate base\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ritter Sport's white chocolate recipe, sweeter and creamier than the milk chocolate bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNut Selection range\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of Ritter Sport's Nut Selection line, which pairs whole nuts with different chocolate bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it reach room temperature before eating so the white chocolate softens and the hazelnuts deliver their full crunch. It pairs well with a cup of tea or cold milk. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Nut Selection bar uses a smooth white chocolate base, which is sweeter and milkier than the standard milk chocolate recipe. The regular Whole Hazelnuts bar uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate instead. Both hold the same whole roasted hazelnuts and come in the same 100 g square format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this Nut Selection bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Nut Selection bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Nut Selection White Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This Nut Selection bar uses a smooth white chocolate base, which is sweeter and milkier than the standard milk chocolate recipe. The regular Whole Hazelnuts bar uses Ritter Sport's classic milk chocolate instead. Both hold the same whole roasted hazelnuts and come in the same 100 g square format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this Nut Selection bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Nut Selection bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45721402179775,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45721402212543,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45721402245311,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45721402278079,"sku":"RITTER-WHITECHOC-HAZELNUTS-100G-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_0d85741d-ab44-4743-9c95-60b6e320c417.png?v=1781804947"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-knusperflakes-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes, 3.53 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes is a 3.53 oz (100 g) German square bar with crispy cornflakes folded into smooth milk chocolate for a light, crunchy texture. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Knusperflakes: Crispy Cornflakes in Smooth Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy cornflakes throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — real cornflakes spread through every square for a light, toasty crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighter texture than nut bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cornflakes give a crisper, airier bite than a filled or nut-based bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.53 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the cornflakes stay crisp against the smooth chocolate. It works well as an afternoon snack with coffee or hot cocoa, or broken into pieces for a lunchbox treat. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The cornflakes may carry trace gluten from processing, so anyone with a wheat or gluten concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Knusperflakes and Ritter Sport's nut bars like Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKnusperflakes is built around crispy cornflakes instead of nuts, so the bite is lighter, crunchier, and drier than a nut-filled bar. Whole Hazelnuts uses dense, oily whole nuts for a heavier, richer bite. Both use the same 100 g square format and Ritter Sport milk chocolate base; the texture is the main difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Knusperflakes imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. The cornflakes may carry trace gluten from processing, so anyone with a wheat or gluten concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Knusperflakes Milk Chocolate with Cornflakes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Knusperflakes and Ritter Sport's nut bars like Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Knusperflakes is built around crispy cornflakes instead of nuts, so the bite is lighter, crunchier, and drier than a nut-filled bar. Whole Hazelnuts uses dense, oily whole nuts for a heavier, richer bite. Both use the same 100 g square format and Ritter Sport milk chocolate base; the texture is the main difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Knusperflakes imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45720992088255,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45720992121023,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45720992153791,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45720992186559,"sku":"RITTER-KNUSPERFLAKES-100G-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_91d67440-cd2d-4a7a-8294-189eab5dda86.png?v=1781804930"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-whole-almonds-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted almonds set into smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Whole Almonds: German Milk Chocolate with Whole Nuts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted almonds\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole almonds packed into every square, not slivered or chopped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate base, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — this bar carries a kosher certification mark on the wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it reach room temperature before eating so the almonds deliver their full crunch. It pairs well with black coffee or a light afternoon tea. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, almonds, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Whole Almonds and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhole Almonds uses whole roasted almonds, which have a firmer bite and a milder, less oily flavor than hazelnuts. Whole Hazelnuts uses whole roasted hazelnuts instead, which are softer and richer tasting. Both use the same milk chocolate base and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the nut itself is the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Whole Almonds imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, almonds, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Whole Almonds?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Whole Almonds and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Whole Almonds uses whole roasted almonds, which have a firmer bite and a milder, less oily flavor than hazelnuts. Whole Hazelnuts uses whole roasted hazelnuts instead, which are softer and richer tasting. Both use the same milk chocolate base and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the nut itself is the difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Whole Almonds imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605555011775,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605555044543,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605555077311,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605555110079,"sku":"RITTER-WHOLEALMONDS-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61zeuDpOJsS.jpg?v=1777318539"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-hazelnut-praline-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with a hazelnut nougat center inside smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Nougat: Hazelnut Nougat Filling in Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHazelnut nougat filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft, praline-style nougat center made with hazelnuts fills every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-centered bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the nougat filling is smooth and spreadable, unlike a solid or nut-studded bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and let it sit at room temperature for a few minutes so the nougat filling softens before eating. It pairs well with coffee or hot cocoa as an after-dinner treat. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Nougat bar and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Nougat bar has a smooth, praline-style hazelnut nougat filling running through the center, so every bite is soft and creamy. Whole Hazelnuts instead studs the chocolate with whole roasted nuts for a firm, crunchy bite. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Nougat imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, hazelnuts, and soy, and it is made in a facility that also handles other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Nougat Filling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Nougat bar and Ritter Sport Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Nougat bar has a smooth, praline-style hazelnut nougat filling running through the center, so every bite is soft and creamy. Whole Hazelnuts instead studs the chocolate with whole roasted nuts for a firm, crunchy bite. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Nougat imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605630050495,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605630083263,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605630116031,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605630148799,"sku":"RITTER-NOUGAT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51PWYGIflrL.png?v=1777323943"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-butter-biscuit-cocoa-creme-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026 Cocoa Creme, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with a cocoa creme filling and crunchy butter biscuit pieces inside smooth milk chocolate, scored into 16 pieces. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme: Three Textures in One Square Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCocoa creme and butter biscuit filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth cocoa creme layered with crunchy butter biscuit pieces inside every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell, mild and creamy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — this bar carries a kosher certification mark on the wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-texture bite\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth chocolate, silky cocoa creme, and crisp biscuit combine in one square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) square bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature Ritter Sport square, scored into 16 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for snacking, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the cocoa creme softens and the butter biscuit pieces stay crisp. It pairs well with coffee or hot cocoa as an after-dinner treat. Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a family-owned German chocolate company founded in 1912 by Alfred and Clara Ritter. The signature square bar shape dates to 1932 and was designed to fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The company is still based in Waldenbuch near Stuttgart, where it produces its full range of filled and plain 100 g squares, sourcing its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, wheat, and soy from the butter biscuit pieces, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or nut concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Nougat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis bar layers a cocoa creme with crunchy butter biscuit pieces, giving a mixed soft-and-crisp texture. The Nougat bar has a single smooth, soft hazelnut nougat filling with no biscuit crunch. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the filling and texture are the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, wheat, and soy from the butter biscuit pieces, and it is made in a facility that also handles tree nuts, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a wheat, gluten, or nut concern should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this bar and Ritter Sport Nougat?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This bar layers a cocoa creme with crunchy butter biscuit pieces, giving a mixed soft-and-crisp texture. The Nougat bar has a single smooth, soft hazelnut nougat filling with no biscuit crunch. Both share the same milk chocolate shell and 3.52 oz (100 g) square format; the filling and texture are the difference.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this Butter Biscuit \u0026amp; Cocoa Creme bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport bar in the original 100 g square format, not a US-market reformulation. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe made in Waldenbuch, Germany.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603272884415,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603272917183,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603272949951,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603272982719,"sku":"RITTER-BUTTERBISCUIT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/51FYqMxHJVL_70fd228f-9af3-4253-87ed-c209370e5a3e.png?v=1777321777"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-dark-chocolate-marzipan-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar with a smooth almond marzipan center wrapped in Ritter Sport dark chocolate. It is the genuine European bar made in Waldenbuch, Germany, with Rainforest Alliance certified cocoa, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate Marzipan: German Square Bar with Almond Filling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarzipan filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, almond-flavored marzipan layer, a classic German pairing with dark chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark chocolate shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — bittersweet Ritter Sport dark chocolate balances the sweet marzipan center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance certified cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sustainably sourced through the Rainforest Alliance program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — 16 pre-scored squares in the classic Ritter Sport Knick-Pack fold-to-open wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold the Knick-Pack wrapper open along the seam and break off a square. Eat it at room temperature so the marzipan stays soft and the dark chocolate melts cleanly; it pairs well with espresso, black tea, or a small glass of port. Chopped squares also work well in almond cakes and holiday cookies. Store the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and refold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart, Germany, since 1912. The square bar shape dates to 1932, when Clara Ritter wanted a bar that would fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The family-owned company sources its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance program and produces dozens of flavors. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The marzipan filling is made from almonds, so the bar contains tree nuts, and it is produced on lines that also handle milk, other nuts, soy, and wheat. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate Marzipan bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the chocolate flavor. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish the bar within a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the marzipan filling taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is a smooth, dense almond paste with a mild sweetness, similar to traditional German marzipan candy. It contrasts with the bittersweet dark chocolate shell rather than adding more sweetness, so the bar reads as less sugary than a milk chocolate filled bar. Almond flavor, not almond pieces, is what comes through in each square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The marzipan filling is made from almonds, so the bar contains tree nuts, and it is produced on lines that also handle milk, other nuts, soy, and wheat. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate Marzipan bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the chocolate flavor. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish the bar within a couple of weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the marzipan filling taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is a smooth, dense almond paste with a mild sweetness, similar to traditional German marzipan candy. It contrasts with the bittersweet dark chocolate shell rather than adding more sweetness, so the bar reads as less sugary than a milk chocolate filled bar. Almond flavor, not almond pieces, is what comes through in each square.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate with Marzipan imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603250307263,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603250340031,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603250372799,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603250405567,"sku":"RITTER-MARZIPAN-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_514d29dd-6a08-4e74-9e60-ca6c466ff5e4.png?v=1778970138"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-alpine-milk-chocolate-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar of smooth, creamy milk chocolate made with Alpine milk for a mild, clean sweetness. It is Kosher certified and Rainforest Alliance certified, available as a Single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate: Kosher, Rainforest Alliance Certified Square Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with Alpine milk for a smooth, mild, and creamy milk chocolate flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — meets kosher dietary certification standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — cocoa sourced through the Rainforest Alliance certification program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIconic square format\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ritter Sport's signature square bar shape, easy to break into even pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — made in Waldenbuch, Germany by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold as a Single bar or in packs of 3, 6, and 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet the bar sit at room temperature for a few minutes before eating so the chocolate softens slightly and the flavor comes through fully. Break off a square along the grid lines and let it melt slowly rather than chewing it quickly. Store in a cool, dry place between about 60 and 70 F (16 to 21 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport is a German chocolate brand made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany, a family-owned company that has produced its signature square bars since 1912. The brand sources its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance certification program and sells a wide range of square bar flavors across Europe and the United States. Browse more chocolate in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk, and it is produced in a facility that also handles nuts and soy. Anyone with a milk, nut, or soy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bar before eating, since recipes and facility allergen notices can change between production runs at the Waldenbuch factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between roughly 60 and 70 F (16 to 21 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid refrigerating it, since cold and condensation can cause a harmless white bloom on the surface and dull the milk chocolate flavor. Reseal the wrapper after opening and finish within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Ritter Sport Alpine Milk different from Ritter Sport dark chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlpine Milk uses milk chocolate made with Alpine milk for a mild, creamy, and mellow sweetness, while Ritter Sport's dark chocolate squares use a higher cocoa content for a more intense, less sweet bite. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square bar format and are produced at the same Waldenbuch, Germany factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar is made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany, in the original 100 g square format rather than a version made for another market. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from New Jersey, so customers across the United States and Canada receive the same bar sold in German grocery stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate contains milk, and it is produced in a facility that also handles nuts and soy. Anyone with a milk, nut, or soy allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the bar before eating, since recipes and facility allergen notices can change between production runs at the Waldenbuch factory.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between roughly 60 and 70 F (16 to 21 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid refrigerating it, since cold and condensation can cause a harmless white bloom on the surface and dull the milk chocolate flavor. Reseal the wrapper after opening and finish within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is Ritter Sport Alpine Milk different from Ritter Sport dark chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Alpine Milk uses milk chocolate made with Alpine milk for a mild, creamy, and mellow sweetness, while Ritter Sport's dark chocolate squares use a higher cocoa content for a more intense, less sweet bite. Both share the same 3.52 oz (100 g) square bar format and are produced at the same Waldenbuch, Germany factory.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Alpine Milk Chocolate imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar is made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026 Co. KG in Waldenbuch, Germany, in the original 100 g square format rather than a version made for another market. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from New Jersey, so customers across the United States and Canada receive the same bar sold in German grocery stores.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605691982015,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605692014783,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605692047551,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605692080319,"sku":"RITTER-ALPINEMILK-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_d1f0cf15-4798-44ab-b313-dcf798a5e2ee.png?v=1778970184"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-roasted-salted-cashews-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Roasted Salted Cashews, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Roasted Salted Cashews is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square bar with whole roasted, lightly salted cashews set into Ritter Sport's smooth milk chocolate. It is the genuine European bar made in Waldenbuch, Germany, with Rainforest Alliance certified cocoa, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Cashews: Roasted Salted Cashews in Smooth Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted, salted cashews\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole cashews, lightly salted, spread through every square for a nutty, savory-sweet bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ritter Sport's signature creamy milk chocolate base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainforest Alliance certified cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cocoa is sustainably sourced through the Rainforest Alliance program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Ritter Sport format in the fold-to-open Knick-Pack wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch since 1912\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for gifting and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold open the Knick-Pack wrapper and break off a square. Eat it at room temperature so the milk chocolate is smooth and the roasted cashews stay crunchy; it pairs well with black coffee or a glass of white wine. Chopped squares also work well over vanilla ice cream. Store the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and refold the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart, Germany, since 1912. The square bar shape dates to 1932, when Clara Ritter wanted a bar that would fit in a jacket pocket without breaking. The family-owned company sources its cocoa through the Rainforest Alliance program and produces dozens of flavors. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk, cashews, and soy, and it is produced on lines that also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Cashew chocolate bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the salt on the cashews. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish within a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the cashews in this bar different from a plain nut bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cashews are whole, roasted, and lightly salted before being set into the milk chocolate, so each square carries a savory-sweet contrast rather than an even nutty flavor throughout. The salt is light enough that the milk chocolate still leads, with the cashew crunch and saltiness arriving as a secondary note on the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk, cashews, and soy, and it is produced on lines that also handle other tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, milk, soy, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Cashew chocolate bars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, since cold storage causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and can soften the salt on the cashews. Once opened, refold the wrapper and finish within a couple of weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes the cashews in this bar different from a plain nut bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The cashews are whole, roasted, and lightly salted before being set into the milk chocolate, so each square carries a savory-sweet contrast rather than an even nutty flavor throughout. The salt is light enough that the milk chocolate still leads, with the cashew crunch and saltiness arriving as a secondary note on the finish.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Cashews imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic bar made by Alfred Ritter GmbH in Waldenbuch, Germany, not a US-licensed version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and Knick-Pack format sold across Germany and the rest of Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605768167615,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605768200383,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605768233151,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605768265919,"sku":"RITTER-CASHEW-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81dHQfu1sTL.png?v=1777322337"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-coconut-cream-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling (Kokos) is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar with a soft coconut and milk cream center, flecked with coconut, inside smooth milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Coconut: Coconut Milk Cream Filling in German Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoconut and milk cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft, sweet center with real coconut flakes for a light tropical flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the creamy Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell that carries the whole range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 3.52 oz (100 g) square\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original 4 by 4 grid of 16 filled squares that snap along the lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnick-Pack wrapper\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fold-open packaging that breaks the bar as you open it and folds back closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch, sold there as Ritter Sport Kokos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar open along the Knick-Pack fold and let a square soften on the tongue so the coconut cream comes through the milk chocolate. It is best at room temperature; ten minutes in the fridge gives a firmer, cleaner bite in summer. Chopped squares work well over vanilla ice cream. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contains milk and coconut, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Ritter Sport Coconut filling taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe center is a sweet, creamy blend of milk cream and shredded coconut, closer to a coconut candy bar than to fresh coconut. It is soft but holds its shape when the square is broken, and the milk chocolate shell adds sweetness. Compared with the Strawberry Yogurt square it is richer and less tangy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling contains milk and coconut, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the Ritter Sport Coconut filling taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The center is a sweet, creamy blend of milk cream and shredded coconut, closer to a coconut candy bar than to fresh coconut. It is soft but holds its shape when the square is broken, and the milk chocolate shell adds sweetness. Compared with the Strawberry Yogurt square it is richer and less tangy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Coconut Cream Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45605766660287,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45605766693055,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45605766725823,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45605766758591,"sku":"RITTER-COCONUT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_0b3e8215-dc09-481d-893f-db034c3a20ba.png?v=1778970195"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-assorted-chocolate-variety-pack","title":"Ritter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack, 3.52 oz (100g) Each","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack is a randomly selected mix of full-size 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bars drawn from the Ritter Sport flavors in stock, such as Alpine Milk, Whole Hazelnuts, Marzipan, Coconut, and Strawberry Yogurt. Every bar is the genuine imported product, available in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Variety Pack: A Surprise Mix of Full-Size German Chocolate Squares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size squares only\u003c\/strong\u003e — each bar is the classic 3.52 oz (100 g) Ritter Sport square, never minis or samples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRandomly selected flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn from favorites such as Alpine Milk, Whole Hazelnuts, Marzipan, Coconut, Cornflakes, and Strawberry Yogurt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk, dark, and filled bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — a typical pack mixes solid chocolate squares with cream-filled and nut varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssortment may repeat\u003c\/strong\u003e — selection depends on stock; a pack can include more than one of the same flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — every bar is produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch, the same bars sold in German supermarkets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for tasting, gifting, and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the pack and line the bars up by color for a tasting, starting with plain Alpine Milk and moving to nut and filled varieties. Snap each square along the Knick-Pack fold and eat at room temperature. Keep unopened bars between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold opened wrappers closed. For gifting, the bright square wrappers stack neatly in a small box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ritter Sport bar contains milk, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, or soy. All are made on shared lines that handle tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy. Anyone with a food allergy should read each printed wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport chocolate bars from the variety pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled squares such as Coconut and Strawberry Yogurt are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose which flavors are in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pack is randomly selected from the Ritter Sport squares in stock when your order ships, which is what keeps the price below buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Ritter Sport collection, where every single flavor we carry is listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bars in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every bar in the pack is the authentic German Ritter Sport square in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports them directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipes and Knick-Pack wrappers sold in German supermarkets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Assorted Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every Ritter Sport bar contains milk, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, or soy. All are made on shared lines that handle tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy. Anyone with a food allergy should read each printed wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport chocolate bars from the variety pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled squares such as Coconut and Strawberry Yogurt are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I choose which flavors are in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The pack is randomly selected from the Ritter Sport squares in stock when your order ships, which is what keeps the price below buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Ritter Sport collection, where every single flavor we carry is listed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the bars in the Ritter Sport Variety Pack imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every bar in the pack is the authentic German Ritter Sport square in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports them directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipes and Knick-Pack wrappers sold in German supermarkets.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45754967916735,"sku":"RITTER-ASSORTED-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45754967949503,"sku":"RITTER-ASSORTED-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45754967982271,"sku":"RITTER-ASSORTED-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/71_BYWsrlSL.png?v=1777322887"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-dark-chocolate-50-cocoa-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa 100g | Halbbitter, Product of Germany","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa (Halbbitter) is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar of smooth semi-dark chocolate with 50 percent cocoa, the classic middle point between milk and bittersweet. It is the genuine imported bar, kosher certified, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Halbbitter: Smooth 50 Percent Cocoa Dark Chocolate Square\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 percent cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — a semi-dark bar with real cocoa depth but none of the harshness of very high-percentage chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bar, no filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth, even squares that melt cleanly, ideal for eating plain or for baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries kosher certification on the German wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 3.52 oz (100 g) square\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original 4 by 4 grid of 16 squares with the Knick-Pack fold-open wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch with certified sustainably sourced cocoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar open along the Knick-Pack fold and let a square melt slowly on the tongue to taste the cocoa. Halbbitter is the Ritter Sport bar most often used in the kitchen: chop it for cookies, melt it for ganache or a chocolate sauce, or shave it over desserts. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRitter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contains milk in the form of butterfat and may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line, so it is not a dairy-free bar. Anyone with a milk, nut, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ritter Sport Halbbitter and Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalbbitter sits at 50 percent cocoa, so it is smooth and only mildly bitter, closer to a rich milk chocolate than a bittersweet bar. Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark uses 81 percent cocoa for a much more intense, less sweet taste. Halbbitter is the better choice for baking and for people new to dark chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa contains milk in the form of butterfat and may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line, so it is not a dairy-free bar. Anyone with a milk, nut, or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ritter Sport Halbbitter and Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Halbbitter sits at 50 percent cocoa, so it is smooth and only mildly bitter, closer to a rich milk chocolate than a bittersweet bar. Ritter Sport Fine Extra Dark uses 81 percent cocoa for a much more intense, less sweet taste. Halbbitter is the better choice for baking and for people new to dark chocolate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Dark Chocolate 50% Cocoa in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45765085069503,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45765085102271,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-PK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45765085135039,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-PK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45765085167807,"sku":"RITTER-DARK-50-100G-PK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/8138vL7FyqL.png?v=1777325405"},{"product_id":"ritter-sport-milk-chocolate-strawberry-yogurt-filling-100g","title":"Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling (Erdbeer Joghurt) is a 3.52 oz (100 g) German square chocolate bar with a pink, tangy strawberry yogurt cream center inside smooth milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRitter Sport Strawberry Yogurt: Tangy Fruit Cream in German Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberry yogurt cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light pink cream made with yogurt powder and strawberry for a sweet-tart taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth German milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the creamy Ritter Sport milk chocolate shell that carries the whole range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic 3.52 oz (100 g) square\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original 4 by 4 grid of 16 filled squares that snap along the lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSustainably sourced cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with 100 percent certified cocoa carrying the Rainforest Alliance seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by the Ritter family in Waldenbuch, sold there as Ritter Sport Erdbeer Joghurt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar open along the Knick-Pack fold and eat the squares at room temperature so the yogurt cream stays soft against the milk chocolate. It pairs well with sparkling water or as a light dessert bite, and chopped squares work in vanilla ice cream or white cake batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and fold the wrapper closed after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ritter Sport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRitter Sport has been made by the Ritter family in Germany since 1912, when Alfred and Clara Ritter opened their chocolate factory near Stuttgart. The famous square bar arrived in 1932 so it would fit a sports jacket pocket without breaking, and the company, still family-owned as Alfred Ritter GmbH \u0026amp; Co. KG, produces every bar in Waldenbuch, Germany, using certified sustainably sourced cocoa. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ritter-sport-chocolate\"\u003eRitter Sport range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ritter-sport.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eritter-sport.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contains milk, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ritter Sport Strawberry Yogurt contain real strawberries and yogurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is made with dried yogurt powder and strawberry powder from real fruit, which give the pink color and the tangy, fresh taste. It is not a jam or liquid fruit center, so it stays firm at room temperature and does not run when a square is broken. The milk chocolate shell is the same used across the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling imported from Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling contains milk, and it may contain traces of tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, egg, and soy from the shared production line. Anyone with a nut or gluten allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since recipes can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the flavor. Once opened, fold the Knick-Pack wrapper closed and finish the bar within a week or two.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Ritter Sport Strawberry Yogurt contain real strawberries and yogurt?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is made with dried yogurt powder and strawberry powder from real fruit, which give the pink color and the tangy, fresh taste. It is not a jam or liquid fruit center, so it stays firm at room temperature and does not run when a square is broken. The milk chocolate shell is the same used across the range.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling imported from Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic German Ritter Sport Milk Chocolate with Strawberry Yogurt Filling in the original 3.52 oz (100 g) square format, not a reformulated US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it directly, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe and wrapper sold in German supermarkets, with the Knick-Pack fold-open packaging.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ritter Sport","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45603323740351,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45603323773119,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45603323805887,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-PACK6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45603323838655,"sku":"RITTER-STRAWBERRYYOGURT-100G-PACK10","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_50319c53-0ac5-4b31-80e9-4e16027ffe93.png?v=1778970167"},{"product_id":"revlon-colorsilk-permanent-hair-color-37-dark-golden-brown-ammonia-free","title":"Revlon Colorsilk Permanent Hair Color 37 Dark Golden Brown – Ammonia-Free, 100% Gray Coverage","description":"\u003cp\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #37 Dark Golden Brown is a single-application permanent hair color kit with ammonia-free colorant, cream developer, and keratin-enriched after-color conditioner, giving a rich dark brown with golden warmth with 100 percent gray coverage. It is available as a single box or in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #37 Dark Golden Brown: Warm Golden Dark Brunette Permanent Hair Color\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade #37 Dark Golden Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — dark brown with visible golden undertones for a dimensional brunette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest on dark blonde to dark brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the truest result on hair in that range; on black hair the change is subtle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia-free permanent formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — permanent color that grows out rather than washing out, with 100 percent gray coverage stated on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeratin-enriched\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, plus an after-color conditioner with keratin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSister shades\u003c\/strong\u003e — pick #54 Light Golden Brown for a lighter version of the same warmth or #20 Brown Black for more depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single kit, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for keeping a spare box for root touch-ups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatch test 48 hours ahead and strand test if you are unsure how #37 Dark Golden Brown will take on your hair. Put on the gloves, mix the colorant into the developer bottle, shake well, and apply to dry, unwashed hair. For regrowth, start at the roots and work the rest through during the last few minutes; for a first all-over application, saturate from root to end. Leave on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, and follow with the conditioner. Store unopened kits at room temperature away from heat and sunlight, and discard any leftover mixed color; it cannot be saved for a later use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Revlon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevlon was founded in New York City in 1932, starting with a single nail enamel before growing into one of the best-known American beauty companies for lipstick, makeup, and hair color. Colorsilk is Revlon's long-running at-home permanent hair color line, built around an ammonia-free formula, 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, and a keratin-enriched after-color conditioner. The range covers more than 40 shades from ultra light blonde to blue black. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/revlon\"\u003eRevlon collection\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.revlon.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003erevlon.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #37 Dark Golden Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShade #37 is a dark brown with golden warmth, so it looks like a rich, sun-warmed brunette rather than a flat dark brown. On dark blonde through dark brown hair it gives an even result close to the box; on black hair the change is subtle. Gray is covered fully and blends into the golden brown tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #37 Dark Golden Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Revlon Colorsilk #37 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Revlon Colorsilk #37 Dark Golden Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #37 do I need for long hair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #37 Dark Golden Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shade #37 is a dark brown with golden warmth, so it looks like a rich, sun-warmed brunette rather than a flat dark brown. On dark blonde through dark brown hair it gives an even result close to the box; on black hair the change is subtle. Gray is covered fully and blends into the golden brown tone.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #37 Dark Golden Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Do a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Revlon Colorsilk #37 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Revlon Colorsilk #37 Dark Golden Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #37 do I need for long hair?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Revlon","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42628128178367,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-37-DARKGOLDENBROWN-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778181914815,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-37-DARKGOLDENBROWN-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778181947583,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-37-DARKGOLDENBROWN-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/81RNiwOsCxL.jpg?v=1777318632"},{"product_id":"revlon-colorsilk-permanent-hair-color-44-medium-reddish-brown-ammonia-free","title":"Revlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown – Permanent Hair Dye, Ammonia Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown is a single-application permanent hair color kit with ammonia-free colorant, cream developer, and keratin-enriched after-color conditioner, giving a warm medium brown with red-auburn undertones with 100 percent gray coverage. It is available as a single box or in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown: Warm Auburn Brunette Permanent Hair Color\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade #44 Medium Reddish Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — medium brown with visible red undertones, chestnut in daylight and warm brown indoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest on dark blonde to dark brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the truest result on hair in that range; on black hair the red shows as a reflection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia-free permanent formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — permanent color that grows out rather than washing out, with 100 percent gray coverage stated on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeratin-enriched\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, plus an after-color conditioner with keratin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSister shades\u003c\/strong\u003e — pick #41 Medium Brown for a neutral brunette or #37 Dark Golden Brown for golden rather than red warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single kit, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for keeping a spare box for root touch-ups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatch test 48 hours ahead and strand test if you are unsure how #44 Medium Reddish Brown will take on your hair. Put on the gloves, mix the colorant into the developer bottle, shake well, and apply to dry, unwashed hair. For regrowth, start at the roots and work the rest through during the last few minutes; for a first all-over application, saturate from root to end. Leave on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, and follow with the conditioner. Store unopened kits at room temperature away from heat and sunlight, and discard any leftover mixed color; it cannot be saved for a later use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Revlon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevlon was founded in New York City in 1932, starting with a single nail enamel before growing into one of the best-known American beauty companies for lipstick, makeup, and hair color. Colorsilk is Revlon's long-running at-home permanent hair color line, built around an ammonia-free formula, 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, and a keratin-enriched after-color conditioner. The range covers more than 40 shades from ultra light blonde to blue black. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/revlon\"\u003eRevlon collection\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.revlon.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003erevlon.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #44 Medium Reddish Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShade #44 is a medium brown with clear red-auburn warmth, so it reads as a chestnut or auburn brunette in daylight and a warm brown indoors. On dark blonde to dark brown hair the result is close to the box; on black hair the red shows as a warm reflection. Gray covers fully and takes on the same reddish tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Revlon Colorsilk #44 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Revlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #44 do I need for long hair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #44 Medium Reddish Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shade #44 is a medium brown with clear red-auburn warmth, so it reads as a chestnut or auburn brunette in daylight and a warm brown indoors. On dark blonde to dark brown hair the result is close to the box; on black hair the red shows as a warm reflection. Gray covers fully and takes on the same reddish tone.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Do a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Revlon Colorsilk #44 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Revlon Colorsilk #44 Medium Reddish Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #44 do I need for long hair?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Revlon","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42630140887231,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-44-MEDIUMREDDISHBROWN","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778182209727,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-44-MEDREDDISHBROWN-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778182242495,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-44-MEDREDDISHBROWN-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/9140SFkg88L.png?v=1777321919"},{"product_id":"revlon-colorsilk-permanent-hair-color-54-light-golden-brown-ammonia-free","title":"Revlon Colorsilk Permanent Hair Color 54 Light Golden Brown – Ammonia-Free, 100% Gray Coverage","description":"\u003cp\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #54 Light Golden Brown is a single-application permanent hair color kit with ammonia-free colorant, cream developer, and keratin-enriched after-color conditioner, giving a light brown with warm golden undertones with 100 percent gray coverage. It is available as a single box or in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #54 Light Golden Brown: Warm Golden Light Brunette Permanent Hair Color\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade #54 Light Golden Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm, sunlit light brunette with golden undertones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest on dark blonde to medium brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the truest result on hair in that range; it will not lighten dark hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia-free permanent formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — permanent color that grows out rather than washing out, with 100 percent gray coverage stated on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeratin-enriched\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, plus an after-color conditioner with keratin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSister shades\u003c\/strong\u003e — pick #57 Lightest Golden Brown to go a step lighter or #37 Dark Golden Brown for a deeper golden brunette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single kit, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for keeping a spare box for root touch-ups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatch test 48 hours ahead and strand test if you are unsure how #54 Light Golden Brown will take on your hair. Put on the gloves, mix the colorant into the developer bottle, shake well, and apply to dry, unwashed hair. For regrowth, start at the roots and work the rest through during the last few minutes; for a first all-over application, saturate from root to end. Leave on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, and follow with the conditioner. Store unopened kits at room temperature away from heat and sunlight, and discard any leftover mixed color; it cannot be saved for a later use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Revlon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevlon was founded in New York City in 1932, starting with a single nail enamel before growing into one of the best-known American beauty companies for lipstick, makeup, and hair color. Colorsilk is Revlon's long-running at-home permanent hair color line, built around an ammonia-free formula, 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, and a keratin-enriched after-color conditioner. The range covers more than 40 shades from ultra light blonde to blue black. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/revlon\"\u003eRevlon collection\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.revlon.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003erevlon.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #54 Light Golden Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShade #54 is a light brown with warm golden undertones, the kind of sunlit light brunette that sits just above medium brown. On dark blonde to medium brown hair the result is close to the box; on dark brown or black hair it will not lighten much and mainly adds golden warmth. Gray covers fully and blends in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #54 Light Golden Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Revlon Colorsilk #54 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Revlon Colorsilk #54 Light Golden Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #54 do I need for long hair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #54 Light Golden Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shade #54 is a light brown with warm golden undertones, the kind of sunlit light brunette that sits just above medium brown. On dark blonde to medium brown hair the result is close to the box; on dark brown or black hair it will not lighten much and mainly adds golden warmth. Gray covers fully and blends in.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #54 Light Golden Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Do a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Revlon Colorsilk #54 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Revlon Colorsilk #54 Light Golden Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #54 do I need for long hair?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Revlon","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42601872064703,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-54-LIGHTGOLDENBROWN","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778182275263,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-54-LTGOLDENBROWN-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778182308031,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-54-LTGOLDENBROWN-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61it811jWiL_3fff90f9-6d0d-4757-adf8-180253e2a96c.jpg?v=1777318849"},{"product_id":"poland-spring-mini-water-bottles-8-oz","title":"Poland Spring Mini Water Bottles, 8 fl oz – Natural Spring Water","description":"\u003cp\u003ePoland Spring Mini Water Bottles are 8 fl oz (237 mL) bottles of still, 100 percent natural spring water sourced from springs in Maine, sized for lunchboxes, kids' parties, meetings, and small coolers. Choose a single bottle or a Pack of 12, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePoland Spring 8 oz Mini Bottles: Natural Spring Water for Lunches and Parties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent natural spring water\u003c\/strong\u003e — still, unflavored spring water with naturally occurring electrolytes and one ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 fl oz (237 mL) mini size\u003c\/strong\u003e — half the size of a standard bottle, so kids and guests finish it without waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero calories, no sweeteners\u003c\/strong\u003e — plain water with nothing added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSourced in Maine\u003c\/strong\u003e — Poland Spring draws from a group of springs in Maine and bottles it there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — lightweight plastic bottle; cap and label recyclability vary by local program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single bottle or Pack of 12 for lunch rotation, offices, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChill the bottles and drop one into a lunch bag, cooler, or diaper bag; the 8 oz size also suits meeting tables, waiting rooms, and kids' sports. It is plain still spring water, so it can be used for mixing infant formula or juice concentrate where your pediatrician or the product label allows. Store unopened bottles in a cool, dark place away from sunlight, heat, and strong-smelling chemicals, which can affect taste through the plastic. After opening, recap, refrigerate, and finish within a day or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Poland Spring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoland Spring takes its name from the town of Poland, Maine, where the original spring was first bottled in 1845 and the Poland Spring House resort drew visitors through the 1800s. Today the brand draws from several springs across Maine and is one of the best-selling bottled spring waters in the northeastern United States. It is owned by Primo Brands, the company formed from BlueTriton and Primo Water. Browse more bottled waters and sodas in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrink Collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.polandspring.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epolandspring.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Poland Spring mini water contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Poland Spring Natural Spring Water has one ingredient, spring water, with no added flavors, sweeteners, or colors, so it contains none of the major food allergens. It has zero calories and naturally occurring electrolytes only. As with any packaged beverage, read the printed label on the bottle or case for the current water quality and ingredient statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Poland Spring 8 oz bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened bottles in a cool, dark place away from sunlight, heat, and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaning products. Serve chilled; it is still water, so it will not fizz. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) size is meant to be finished in one sitting, but if you recap a bottle, refrigerate it and drink it within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 8 oz mini and the standard 16.9 oz Poland Spring bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe water is identical natural spring water from Maine. The mini holds 8 fl oz (237 mL), less than half the standard 16.9 fl oz bottle, so it fits lunch bags and small hands and avoids half-finished bottles at parties and meetings. The standard bottle is the better choice for a gym bag, a car ride, or all-day hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does Poland Spring water come from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePoland Spring is sourced from a group of natural springs in Maine and bottled there, making it a US product rather than an import. The brand began at the original spring in Poland, Maine, in 1845. This 8 fl oz mini bottle is the standard US retail size, sold here as a single or in a Pack of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Poland Spring mini water contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Poland Spring Natural Spring Water has one ingredient, spring water, with no added flavors, sweeteners, or colors, so it contains none of the major food allergens. It has zero calories and naturally occurring electrolytes only. As with any packaged beverage, read the printed label on the bottle or case for the current water quality and ingredient statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Poland Spring 8 oz bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened bottles in a cool, dark place away from sunlight, heat, and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaning products. Serve chilled; it is still water, so it will not fizz. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) size is meant to be finished in one sitting, but if you recap a bottle, refrigerate it and drink it within a day.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 8 oz mini and the standard 16.9 oz Poland Spring bottle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The water is identical natural spring water from Maine. The mini holds 8 fl oz (237 mL), less than half the standard 16.9 fl oz bottle, so it fits lunch bags and small hands and avoids half-finished bottles at parties and meetings. The standard bottle is the better choice for a gym bag, a car ride, or all-day hydration.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where does Poland Spring water come from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Poland Spring is sourced from a group of natural springs in Maine and bottled there, making it a US product rather than an import. The brand began at the original spring in Poland, Maine, in 1845. This 8 fl oz mini bottle is the standard US retail size, sold here as a single or in a Pack of 12.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Poland Spring","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45865679454399,"sku":"POLAND-SPRING-8OZ-1","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 12","offer_id":42576476176575,"sku":"POLAND-SPRING-8OZ-12","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/poland-spring-mini-water-8oz-single.png?v=1784296666"},{"product_id":"perwoll-renew-wool-delicates-1-4l-21-loads","title":"Perwoll Renew Wool \u0026 Delicates 1.4L | Cashmere Soft","description":"\u003cp\u003ePerwoll Renew Wool \u0026amp; Delicates is a 47.3 fl oz (1.4 L) bottle of Henkel's German liquid detergent for wool, cashmere, silk, and other fine fabrics, made to clean gently while keeping fibers soft and in shape. It is the German-market bottle, available as a single or in a Pack of 3, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePerwoll Renew Wool \u0026amp; Delicates: Gentle Liquid Detergent for Cashmere and Silk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor wool, cashmere, silk, and delicates\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated fine-fabric detergent, not an all-purpose liquid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRenew fiber care\u003c\/strong\u003e — Henkel's Renew technology smooths fibers to reduce pilling and help knits keep their shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCashmere-soft finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — leaves wool and cashmere soft without a separate softener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47.3 fl oz (1.4 L) bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — concentrated liquid with a measuring cap for hand and machine washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — the European Perwoll formula in the pink bottle sold in German supermarkets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single bottle or Pack of 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the wool or delicates program on your machine at up to 86 F (30 C), or wash by hand in cool water. Measure the liquid with the cap following the dosing table on the label, pour it into the detergent compartment or directly into the water for hand washing, and never pour it undiluted onto fabric. Reshape wool and cashmere garments and dry them flat. Store the bottle closed at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Perwoll\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerwoll is Henkel's specialist fabric care brand, launched in Germany in the 1950s as a gentle detergent for wool and fine fabrics. Today the range covers dedicated liquids for wool and delicates, colored clothes, dark clothes, and whites, all built around Henkel's Renew technology that focuses on fiber and color care rather than heavy-duty stain removal. Find more laundry and cleaning products in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-household\"\u003eHealth \u0026amp; Household\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.perwoll.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewww.perwoll.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich fabrics can I wash with Perwoll Renew Wool and Delicates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for wool, cashmere, merino, silk, viscose, lace, and other garments labeled as delicate or hand-wash. It works in machines on the wool or delicates cycle at up to 86 F (30 C) and for hand washing. For everyday cottons and heavily soiled laundry, a regular detergent such as Perwoll Color is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I dose Perwoll Wool and Delicates for a machine load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse the measuring cap and the dosing table on the back label, which lists amounts by load size and water hardness. Pour the liquid into the detergent compartment of the drawer, or straight into the water when hand washing. Skip fabric softener; the Renew formula already leaves fibers soft. Use less for small loads to avoid residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Perwoll safe to store and use around children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bottle closed and out of reach of children, as with any laundry liquid. It should not be swallowed; if it is, rinse the mouth and seek medical advice. Avoid eye contact and rinse thoroughly with water if it happens. Store at room temperature away from frost and heat, and wash hands after handling if your skin is sensitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the European version of Perwoll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the German Perwoll Renew Wolle \u0026amp; Feines bottle from Henkel, with the label printed in German and the same formula sold in Germany and Austria. Perwoll is not sold under this name in US supermarkets. Real Prime Deals imports it directly and offers it as a single bottle or a Pack of 3 for regular knitwear care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fabrics can I wash with Perwoll Renew Wool and Delicates?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is made for wool, cashmere, merino, silk, viscose, lace, and other garments labeled as delicate or hand-wash. It works in machines on the wool or delicates cycle at up to 86 F (30 C) and for hand washing. For everyday cottons and heavily soiled laundry, a regular detergent such as Perwoll Color is the better choice.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I dose Perwoll Wool and Delicates for a machine load?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Use the measuring cap and the dosing table on the back label, which lists amounts by load size and water hardness. Pour the liquid into the detergent compartment of the drawer, or straight into the water when hand washing. Skip fabric softener; the Renew formula already leaves fibers soft. Use less for small loads to avoid residue.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Perwoll safe to store and use around children?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bottle closed and out of reach of children, as with any laundry liquid. It should not be swallowed; if it is, rinse the mouth and seek medical advice. Avoid eye contact and rinse thoroughly with water if it happens. Store at room temperature away from frost and heat, and wash hands after handling if your skin is sensitive.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the European version of Perwoll?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the German Perwoll Renew Wolle \u0026 Feines bottle from Henkel, with the label printed in German and the same formula sold in Germany and Austria. Perwoll is not sold under this name in US supermarkets. Real Prime Deals imports it directly and offers it as a single bottle or a Pack of 3 for regular knitwear care.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Perwoll","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42422594371775,"sku":"PERWOLL-WOOL-DELICATES-1400ML-SINGLE","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45787107033279,"sku":"PERWOLL-WOOL-DELICATES-1400ML-PACK3","price":65.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_d5c0f9bd-5fc8-4242-9ef1-bc502ca1cf44.png?v=1778970043"},{"product_id":"perwoll-black-renew-liquid-detergent-1-35l-27-loads","title":"Perwoll Black Renew Liquid Detergent 1.35L | Dark Clothes","description":"\u003cp\u003ePerwoll Black Renew is a 45.6 fl oz (1.35 L) bottle of Henkel's German liquid detergent for black and dark clothes, sized for about 27 loads and made to clean while keeping dark fabrics from turning gray. It is the German-market bottle, available as a single or in a Pack of 3, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePerwoll Black Renew: Liquid Detergent That Keeps Dark Clothes Dark\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor black and dark laundry\u003c\/strong\u003e — jeans, black t-shirts, dark knitwear, and dark synthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriple Renew technology\u003c\/strong\u003e — color, fiber, and scent care in one formula to reduce fading, pilling, and trapped odors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWash at 68 to 104 F (20 to 40 C)\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed for cool washes that are gentler on dark dyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45.6 fl oz (1.35 L), about 27 loads\u003c\/strong\u003e — at the normal dose of 1.7 fl oz (50 mL) for a medium load in medium-hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — the European Perwoll formula in the black bottle sold in German supermarkets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single bottle or Pack of 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn dark garments inside out, wash them together on a normal or easy-care cycle at 68 to 104 F (20 to 40 C), and dose with the measuring cap according to the table on the label, about 1.7 fl oz (50 mL) for a medium load. Pour the liquid into the detergent compartment or a dosing ball placed in the drum. Air dry or tumble on low to protect the dye. Store the bottle closed at room temperature, away from frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Perwoll\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerwoll is Henkel's specialist fabric care brand, launched in Germany in the 1950s as a gentle detergent for wool and fine fabrics. Today the range covers dedicated liquids for wool and delicates, colored clothes, dark clothes, and whites, all built around Henkel's Renew technology that focuses on fiber and color care rather than heavy-duty stain removal. Find more laundry and cleaning products in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-household\"\u003eHealth \u0026amp; Household\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.perwoll.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewww.perwoll.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich clothes and machines is Perwoll Black Renew suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for black and dark-colored cotton, denim, synthetics, and mixed fabrics, including everyday jeans, t-shirts, sweaters, and activewear. It works in front-loading and top-loading machines on normal, easy-care, and cold cycles at 68 to 104 F (20 to 40 C). For white laundry or heavy stains, use a universal detergent instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much Perwoll Black Renew do I use per load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe label lists doses by load size and water hardness; a normal load of about 6.6 lb (3 kg) in medium-hard water takes roughly 1.7 fl oz (50 mL), which gives about 27 loads per bottle. Increase the dose for large or heavily soiled loads and reduce it in soft water. Measure with the cap rather than pouring by eye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the safety and storage instructions for Perwoll Black?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bottle closed and out of the reach of children, and do not swallow the liquid; if swallowed, rinse the mouth and contact a doctor. Avoid eye contact and rinse well with water if it occurs. Store upright at room temperature, protected from frost and direct heat. Wash hands after handling if your skin is sensitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the European version of Perwoll Black?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the German Perwoll Renew Schwarz bottle from Henkel, with the label in German and the same formula sold across Germany and Austria. Perwoll is not sold under this name in US supermarkets. Real Prime Deals imports it directly and offers it as a single 45.6 fl oz (1.35 L) bottle or a Pack of 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which clothes and machines is Perwoll Black Renew suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is made for black and dark-colored cotton, denim, synthetics, and mixed fabrics, including everyday jeans, t-shirts, sweaters, and activewear. It works in front-loading and top-loading machines on normal, easy-care, and cold cycles at 68 to 104 F (20 to 40 C). For white laundry or heavy stains, use a universal detergent instead.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much Perwoll Black Renew do I use per load?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The label lists doses by load size and water hardness; a normal load of about 6.6 lb (3 kg) in medium-hard water takes roughly 1.7 fl oz (50 mL), which gives about 27 loads per bottle. Increase the dose for large or heavily soiled loads and reduce it in soft water. Measure with the cap rather than pouring by eye.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the safety and storage instructions for Perwoll Black?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bottle closed and out of the reach of children, and do not swallow the liquid; if swallowed, rinse the mouth and contact a doctor. Avoid eye contact and rinse well with water if it occurs. Store upright at room temperature, protected from frost and direct heat. Wash hands after handling if your skin is sensitive.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the European version of Perwoll Black?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the German Perwoll Renew Schwarz bottle from Henkel, with the label in German and the same formula sold across Germany and Austria. Perwoll is not sold under this name in US supermarkets. Real Prime Deals imports it directly and offers it as a single 45.6 fl oz (1.35 L) bottle or a Pack of 3.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Perwoll","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42608042311871,"sku":"PERWOLL-BLACK-RENEW-1350ML-SINGLE","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45787109294271,"sku":"PERWOLL-BLACK-RENEW-1350ML-PACK3","price":65.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_b70d968e-a522-428b-bef9-3aa9c97de9dd.png?v=1778970030"},{"product_id":"persil-color-powder-130-loads","title":"Persil Color Powder Laundry Detergent – 130 Loads, 7.8 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003ePersil Color Powder Laundry Detergent is a 17.2 lb (7.8 kg) box of Henkel's German color-care powder for colored and colorfast laundry, sized for about 130 wash loads. It is the professional-size Persil Color Pulver made in Germany, offered here as a single box and shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePersil Color Powder 7.8 kg: German Laundry Powder for Colored Clothes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor (Colorwaschmittel) formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleans colored cotton and synthetics without the bleaching agents found in universal powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17.2 lb (7.8 kg) box, about 130 loads\u003c\/strong\u003e — roughly 2.1 oz (60 g) per normal load at medium water hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep-clean stain removal\u003c\/strong\u003e — Henkel's Tiefenrein formula for food, grass, and everyday stains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks from 68 to 140 F (20 to 60 C)\u003c\/strong\u003e — effective in cold and warm washes as well as hot cotton cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — the European Persil recipe, not the US Persil formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle box\u003c\/strong\u003e — one 7.8 kg cardboard box with a German dosing chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the powder with the dosing chart on the box: about 2.1 oz (60 g) for a normally soiled load in medium-hard water, more for heavy soil or very hard water, less for soft water. Add it to the detergent compartment of the drawer or straight into the drum before loading. Sort by color and wash colored cotton, linen, and synthetics at 68 to 140 F (20 to 60 C). Store the closed box in a dry place; damp powder clumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Persil\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePersil was introduced by Henkel in Germany in 1907 as the first self-acting laundry detergent, and it remains one of the most widely used detergent brands in Germany and across continental Europe. Henkel, headquartered in Dusseldorf, still develops and produces the European Persil range, which is formulated separately from the Persil sold in US supermarkets. Find more laundry and cleaning products in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/health-household\"\u003eHealth \u0026amp; Household\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.persil.de\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ewww.persil.de\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich fabrics is Persil Color Powder suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a color-care powder for colored and colorfast cotton, linen, and synthetic laundry such as t-shirts, jeans, sportswear, and bed linen. It contains no bleaching agents, so colors stay bright. It is not for wool, silk, or fine delicates. European powders are designed for front-loading drum machines; check the printed dosing guide for your machine and water hardness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much Persil Color Powder should I use per wash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFollow the dosing chart on the back of the box. The 130-load figure is based on a normally soiled load in medium-hard water, about 2.1 oz (60 g) of powder. Use more for heavily soiled loads or hard water and less in soft water or for lightly worn clothes. Too much powder leaves residue and does not clean better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and handle Persil laundry powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the box closed, dry, and out of reach of children. The powder can irritate eyes, so avoid raising dust when scooping and rinse well with water if contact occurs. Do not mix it with other cleaning products. Stored at room temperature away from moisture, the powder keeps its cleaning strength; if it clumps, break it up before dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same Persil sold in Germany?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the Persil Color Pulver box that Henkel makes in Germany, with a German label and dosing chart, sold in the large 130-load format used by commercial laundries and big households. It is a different formulation from the Persil sold in US supermarkets. Real Prime Deals imports it directly from Europe and sells it as a single box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fabrics is Persil Color Powder suitable for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a color-care powder for colored and colorfast cotton, linen, and synthetic laundry such as t-shirts, jeans, sportswear, and bed linen. It contains no bleaching agents, so colors stay bright. It is not for wool, silk, or fine delicates. European powders are designed for front-loading drum machines; check the printed dosing guide for your machine and water hardness.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much Persil Color Powder should I use per wash?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Follow the dosing chart on the back of the box. The 130-load figure is based on a normally soiled load in medium-hard water, about 2.1 oz (60 g) of powder. Use more for heavily soiled loads or hard water and less in soft water or for lightly worn clothes. Too much powder leaves residue and does not clean better.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and handle Persil laundry powder?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the box closed, dry, and out of reach of children. The powder can irritate eyes, so avoid raising dust when scooping and rinse well with water if contact occurs. Do not mix it with other cleaning products. Stored at room temperature away from moisture, the powder keeps its cleaning strength; if it clumps, break it up before dosing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the same Persil sold in Germany?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the Persil Color Pulver box that Henkel makes in Germany, with a German label and dosing chart, sold in the large 130-load format used by commercial laundries and big households. It is a different formulation from the Persil sold in US supermarkets. Real Prime Deals imports it directly from Europe and sells it as a single box.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Persil","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42635707613375,"sku":"PERSIL-COLOR-78KG-130L","price":78.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/130_1.png?v=1778968095"},{"product_id":"revlon-colorsilk-permanent-hair-color-61-dark-blonde-ammonia-free","title":"Revlon Colorsilk Permanent Hair Color 61 Dark Blonde – Ammonia-Free, 100% Gray Coverage","description":"\u003cp\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #61 Dark Blonde is a single-application permanent hair color kit with ammonia-free colorant, cream developer, and keratin-enriched after-color conditioner, giving a natural, neutral dark blonde with 100 percent gray coverage. It is available as a single box or in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #61 Dark Blonde: Natural Neutral Dark Blonde Permanent Hair Color\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade #61 Dark Blonde\u003c\/strong\u003e — natural bridge between blonde and light brown without strong ash or gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest on light blonde to light brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the truest result on hair in that range; it will not lighten dark hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia-free permanent formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — permanent color that grows out rather than washing out, with 100 percent gray coverage stated on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeratin-enriched\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, plus an after-color conditioner with keratin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSister shades\u003c\/strong\u003e — pick #60 Dark Ash Blonde for a cooler tone or #74 Medium Blonde to go a step lighter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single kit, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for keeping a spare box for root touch-ups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatch test 48 hours ahead and strand test if you are unsure how #61 Dark Blonde will take on your hair. Put on the gloves, mix the colorant into the developer bottle, shake well, and apply to dry, unwashed hair. For regrowth, start at the roots and work the rest through during the last few minutes; for a first all-over application, saturate from root to end. Leave on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, and follow with the conditioner. Store unopened kits at room temperature away from heat and sunlight, and discard any leftover mixed color; it cannot be saved for a later use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Revlon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevlon was founded in New York City in 1932, starting with a single nail enamel before growing into one of the best-known American beauty companies for lipstick, makeup, and hair color. Colorsilk is Revlon's long-running at-home permanent hair color line, built around an ammonia-free formula, 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, and a keratin-enriched after-color conditioner. The range covers more than 40 shades from ultra light blonde to blue black. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/revlon\"\u003eRevlon collection\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.revlon.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003erevlon.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #61 Dark Blonde?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShade #61 is a neutral dark blonde, the natural-looking bridge between blonde and light brown. On light blonde to light brown hair the result is close to the box; on medium brown or darker hair it will not lighten much and gives a warm dark blonde reflection. Gray covers fully and blends into the dark blonde tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #61 Dark Blonde?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Revlon Colorsilk #61 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Revlon Colorsilk #61 Dark Blonde is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #61 do I need for long hair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #61 Dark Blonde?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shade #61 is a neutral dark blonde, the natural-looking bridge between blonde and light brown. On light blonde to light brown hair the result is close to the box; on medium brown or darker hair it will not lighten much and gives a warm dark blonde reflection. Gray covers fully and blends into the dark blonde tone.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #61 Dark Blonde?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Do a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Revlon Colorsilk #61 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Revlon Colorsilk #61 Dark Blonde is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #61 do I need for long hair?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Revlon","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42602810245311,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-61-DARKBLONDE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778182471871,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-61-DARKBLONDE-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778182504639,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-61-DARKBLONDE-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61fin9yLhrL.jpg?v=1777318983"},{"product_id":"revlon-colorsilk-permanent-hair-color-57-lightest-golden-brown-ammonia-free","title":"Revlon Colorsilk Permanent Hair Color 57 Lightest Golden Brown – Ammonia-Free, 100% Gray Coverage","description":"\u003cp\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #57 Lightest Golden Brown is a single-application permanent hair color kit with ammonia-free colorant, cream developer, and keratin-enriched after-color conditioner, giving the lightest golden brown, bordering on dark blonde with 100 percent gray coverage. It is available as a single box or in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRevlon Colorsilk #57 Lightest Golden Brown: Lightest Golden Brunette Permanent Hair Color\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade #57 Lightest Golden Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm bronde tone between light brown and dark blonde\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest on dark blonde to light brown\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the truest result on hair in that range; it will not lighten dark hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia-free permanent formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — permanent color that grows out rather than washing out, with 100 percent gray coverage stated on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeratin-enriched\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, plus an after-color conditioner with keratin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSister shades\u003c\/strong\u003e — pick #54 Light Golden Brown for a step darker or #61 Dark Blonde for a more neutral blonde-leaning tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single kit, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for keeping a spare box for root touch-ups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatch test 48 hours ahead and strand test if you are unsure how #57 Lightest Golden Brown will take on your hair. Put on the gloves, mix the colorant into the developer bottle, shake well, and apply to dry, unwashed hair. For regrowth, start at the roots and work the rest through during the last few minutes; for a first all-over application, saturate from root to end. Leave on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, and follow with the conditioner. Store unopened kits at room temperature away from heat and sunlight, and discard any leftover mixed color; it cannot be saved for a later use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Revlon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevlon was founded in New York City in 1932, starting with a single nail enamel before growing into one of the best-known American beauty companies for lipstick, makeup, and hair color. Colorsilk is Revlon's long-running at-home permanent hair color line, built around an ammonia-free formula, 3D Color Gel Technology for multi-tonal results, and a keratin-enriched after-color conditioner. The range covers more than 40 shades from ultra light blonde to blue black. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/revlon\"\u003eRevlon collection\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.revlon.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003erevlon.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #57 Lightest Golden Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShade #57 is the lightest golden brown in the Colorsilk range, sitting between light brown and dark blonde with warm golden undertones. On dark blonde to light brown hair the result is close to the box; on medium brown or darker hair it mainly adds warmth without much lightening. Gray covers fully and blends into the golden tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #57 Lightest Golden Brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Revlon Colorsilk #57 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Revlon Colorsilk #57 Lightest Golden Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #57 do I need for long hair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What hair color will I get with Revlon Colorsilk shade #57 Lightest Golden Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shade #57 is the lightest golden brown in the Colorsilk range, sitting between light brown and dark blonde with warm golden undertones. On dark blonde to light brown hair the result is close to the box; on medium brown or darker hair it mainly adds warmth without much lightening. Gray covers fully and blends into the golden tone.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I apply Revlon Colorsilk #57 Lightest Golden Brown?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Do a skin patch test 48 hours before coloring. Mix the colorant into the cream developer bottle, shake, and apply to dry, unwashed hair, starting at the roots if you are covering regrowth. Leave it on for about 25 minutes as the leaflet directs, rinse until the water runs clear, then use the included conditioner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Revlon Colorsilk #57 ammonia-free, and does it cover gray?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Revlon Colorsilk #57 Lightest Golden Brown is an ammonia-free permanent hair color, and the box states 100 percent gray coverage. The formula is enriched with keratin, and the kit includes an after-color conditioner. It is permanent color, so it grows out rather than washing out, and roots will need a touch-up every four to six weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many boxes of Revlon Colorsilk #57 do I need for long hair?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One kit is a single application that covers short to shoulder-length hair of average thickness. If your hair is past the shoulders, very thick, or very curly, use two boxes so you can saturate every section from root to end. The Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options are the easiest way to keep a spare kit on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Revlon","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42545480204479,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-57-LIGHTESTGOLDENBROWN","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778182537407,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-57-LTGOLDENBROWN-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778182570175,"sku":"REVLON-COLORSILK-57-LTGOLDENBROWN-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61D0cBuzZFL.jpg?v=1777319056"},{"product_id":"palmolive-olive-shower-gel-500-ml","title":"Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo, 16.9 fl oz (500 ml)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePalmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo is a 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle of aloe vera-enriched shampoo for daily use, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo: Aloe Vera Formula for Daily Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAloe vera enriched\u003c\/strong\u003e — formulated with aloe vera intended to cleanse gently while supporting shine and manageability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilky shine formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lightweight formula meant to cleanse without weighing hair down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for all hair types\u003c\/strong\u003e — formulated for daily use across hair types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full-size bottle for weeks of everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalmolive brand\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Palmolive, part of Colgate-Palmolive's personal care lineup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for restocking convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply to wet hair and massage gently into a lather. Rinse thoroughly with water, and repeat if needed. For best results, follow with a conditioner. It is formulated for daily use; read the printed label on the bottle for the manufacturer's complete directions and ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Palmolive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePalmolive is a long-running personal care brand owned by Colgate-Palmolive, offering everyday hair and body care formulas. The Silky Shine line pairs aloe vera with a lightweight, daily-use shampoo formula. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/personal-care\"\u003ePersonal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.palmolive.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epalmolive.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo suitable for all hair types?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This shampoo uses a gentle, everyday formula designed for daily use across all hair types. The aloe vera-enriched formula is meant to cleanse without weighing hair down, so it works as a regular shampoo for normal, fine, thick, or wavy hair alike. Check the printed label for any specific usage notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I use Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApply to wet hair, massage into a lather, and rinse thoroughly; repeat if needed. It is formulated for daily use, so it can replace your regular shampoo in the shower routine. For best results, follow with a conditioner, and read the printed label for the manufacturer's full usage directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the aloe vera formula do in this shampoo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe formula is enriched with aloe vera, which is included to help cleanse gently while supporting a silky, shiny, and manageable feel after rinsing. It is a lightweight formula meant to avoid weighing hair down. For the full ingredient list, read the printed label on the bottle before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes does Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePalmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo is sold as a Single 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The multi-packs are meant for households that want to stock up on a daily hair care essential without reordering as often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo suitable for all hair types?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This shampoo uses a gentle, everyday formula designed for daily use across all hair types. The aloe vera-enriched formula is meant to cleanse without weighing hair down, so it works as a regular shampoo for normal, fine, thick, or wavy hair alike. Check the printed label for any specific usage notes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should I use Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Apply to wet hair, massage into a lather, and rinse thoroughly; repeat if needed. It is formulated for daily use, so it can replace your regular shampoo in the shower routine. For best results, follow with a conditioner, and read the printed label for the manufacturer's full usage directions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the aloe vera formula do in this shampoo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The formula is enriched with aloe vera, which is included to help cleanse gently while supporting a silky, shiny, and manageable feel after rinsing. It is a lightweight formula meant to avoid weighing hair down. For the full ingredient list, read the printed label on the bottle before use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes does Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Palmolive Silky Shine Aloe Shampoo is sold as a Single 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The multi-packs are meant for households that want to stock up on a daily hair care essential without reordering as often.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Palmolive","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42422615933119,"sku":"PALMOLIVE-OLIVE-GEL-500ML-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45812489748671,"sku":"PALMOLIVE-OLIVE-GEL-500ML-PACK3","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45812489781439,"sku":"PALMOLIVE-OLIVE-GEL-500ML-PACK6","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/palmolives.jpg?v=1787323568"},{"product_id":"ogx-nourishing-coconut-oil-weightless-hydration-oil-mist-118-ml","title":"OGX Nourishing + Coconut Oil Weightless Hydration Oil Mist, 4 fl oz (118ml)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOGX Nourishing + Coconut Oil Weightless Hydration Oil Mist, 4 fl oz (118 mL), is a lightweight, salon-inspired oil spray infused with coconut oil that hydrates hair, adds shine, and helps tame frizz without leaving strands feeling greasy. It comes as a single bottle or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOGX Coconut Oil Mist: Weightless Shine for Any Hair Type\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoconut oil infused\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lightweight coconut oil blend adds moisture, shine, and softness without weighing hair down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeightless spray formula\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine mist distributes evenly instead of pooling in one spot like a heavier oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-purpose finishing mist\u003c\/strong\u003e — works as a shine booster, detangling aid, or frizz tamer on damp or dry hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for all hair types\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine, thick, curly, and color-treated hair can all use it as a daily or occasional treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 fl oz (118 mL) bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — travel-friendly size that fits in a gym bag or carry-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for everyday use or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHold the bottle 6 to 8 inches from hair and mist evenly from mid-length to ends on damp or dry hair, avoiding the roots and scalp so hair does not look oily. Work it through with your fingers or a wide-tooth comb before styling as usual. Store the bottle upright at room temperature, out of direct sunlight, and shake lightly before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout OGX\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOGX makes salon-inspired hair care built around a signature ingredient in every collection, from coconut oil to argan oil and biotin. The brand is known for bold, exotic-sounding formulas sold at an everyday drugstore price point. Explore more hair care in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/personal-care\"\u003ePersonal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ogxbeauty.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eogxbeauty.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich hair types can use OGX Coconut Oil Mist?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis weightless oil mist is formulated for all hair types, including fine, thick, curly, and color-treated hair. Because the formula is a light spray rather than a heavy oil, it will not weigh strands down the way a thicker coconut oil treatment can. Fine hair may prefer it only on dry ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow and when should I apply this mist?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpray it 6 to 8 inches from hair, focusing on mid-lengths and ends, and skip the roots to avoid an oily scalp. It works on damp hair before styling to add slip and shine, or on dry hair afterward to smooth flyaways and tame frizz. Comb or finger-through gently after spraying for even coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this mist and OGX's coconut oil treatment oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a lightweight spray-on mist meant for daily finishing, detangling, and shine, while OGX also sells thicker penetrating coconut oils meant as a pre-wash or deep treatment. The mist absorbs quickly and will not leave hair feeling heavy or slick, whereas a penetrating oil is meant to sit on hair longer before rinsing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes and pack options are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery bottle is 4 fl oz (118 mL) of OGX Nourishing + Coconut Oil Weightless Hydration Oil Mist. Choose a Single bottle to try it, or save with a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6 if it becomes part of your regular hair routine. All pack sizes ship from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which hair types can use OGX Coconut Oil Mist?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This weightless oil mist is formulated for all hair types, including fine, thick, curly, and color-treated hair. Because the formula is a light spray rather than a heavy oil, it will not weigh strands down the way a thicker coconut oil treatment can. Fine hair may prefer it only on dry ends.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How and when should I apply this mist?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Spray it 6 to 8 inches from hair, focusing on mid-lengths and ends, and skip the roots to avoid an oily scalp. It works on damp hair before styling to add slip and shine, or on dry hair afterward to smooth flyaways and tame frizz. Comb or finger-through gently after spraying for even coverage.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this mist and OGX's coconut oil treatment oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This is a lightweight spray-on mist meant for daily finishing, detangling, and shine, while OGX also sells thicker penetrating coconut oils meant as a pre-wash or deep treatment. The mist absorbs quickly and will not leave hair feeling heavy or slick, whereas a penetrating oil is meant to sit on hair longer before rinsing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes and pack options are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Every bottle is 4 fl oz (118 mL) of OGX Nourishing + Coconut Oil Weightless Hydration Oil Mist. Choose a Single bottle to try it, or save with a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6 if it becomes part of your regular hair routine. All pack sizes ship from our New Jersey warehouse.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"OGX","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":46020319510719,"sku":"OGX-COCONUT-OIL-MIST-4OZ-SINGLE","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":46020319543487,"sku":"OGX-COCONUT-OIL-MIST-4OZ-PACK3","price":20.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":46020319576255,"sku":"OGX-COCONUT-OIL-MIST-4OZ-PACK6","price":38.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/716jYmSlc_L.jpg?v=1777319447"},{"product_id":"nivea-rich-nourishing-body-cream-almond-oil-400ml-deep-moisture-dry-skin","title":"NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream with Almond Oil, 13.5 fl oz (400mL)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream is a 13.5 fl oz (400 mL) jar of thick body moisturizer with almond oil and vitamin E, made for dry to very dry skin and labeled for 48 hours of moisture. It is the European jar format, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream: Almond Oil Moisture for Dry Skin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlmond oil and vitamin E\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rich cream that softens rough elbows, knees, and shins without a greasy film once absorbed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48-hour moisture claim\u003c\/strong\u003e — labeled by NIVEA for deep, long-lasting hydration on dry to very dry skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13.5 fl oz (400 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the large European tub with a wide mouth, so scooping is easy after a shower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic NIVEA scent\u003c\/strong\u003e — the familiar light, clean NIVEA fragrance rather than a heavy perfume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor dry to very dry skin\u003c\/strong\u003e — thicker than NIVEA Body Lotion, designed for winter skin and daily body care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for household use or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply to clean skin after showering, while skin is still slightly damp, and massage in circular motions until absorbed. Focus on dry zones such as elbows, knees, heels, and shins, and use it nightly on hands and feet for extra softness. A palm-sized amount covers a full body. Keep the lid closed, store the jar at room temperature away from direct sun, and use clean, dry hands to avoid contaminating the cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout NIVEA\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNIVEA is a German skin care brand owned by Beiersdorf AG of Hamburg, and its blue-tin NIVEA Creme has been made since 1911. Today the brand covers body care, face care, sun care, and deodorants sold in more than 150 countries. NIVEA Men, launched as a dedicated men's range, uses formulas developed for men's skin. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nivea.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enivea.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich skin type is NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream made for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is formulated for dry to very dry skin on the body, including rough elbows, knees, shins, and heels. The almond oil and vitamin E base is richer than a lotion, so people with normal skin may prefer it only in winter, while those with persistently dry skin can use it year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I apply NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnce a day after showering is enough for most people, and twice a day works for very dry areas or in cold weather. Apply to slightly damp skin and massage until absorbed. A 13.5 fl oz (400 mL) jar typically lasts one person one to two months with daily full-body use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream and NIVEA Creme?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRich Nourishing Body Cream is a lighter, faster-absorbing body moisturizer with almond oil that spreads easily over large areas. NIVEA Creme is the original thick, water-in-oil balm from the blue tin, better for small, very dry patches, hands, and face. Choose this jar for everyday full-body use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and pack options are available for NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis listing is the 13.5 fl oz (400 mL) European jar, the largest standard size NIVEA sells for this cream. You can order a single jar, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The multi-packs are popular for families and for keeping one jar in the bathroom and another by the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which skin type is NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream made for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is formulated for dry to very dry skin on the body, including rough elbows, knees, shins, and heels. The almond oil and vitamin E base is richer than a lotion, so people with normal skin may prefer it only in winter, while those with persistently dry skin can use it year-round.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How often should I apply NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Once a day after showering is enough for most people, and twice a day works for very dry areas or in cold weather. Apply to slightly damp skin and massage until absorbed. A 13.5 fl oz (400 mL) jar typically lasts one person one to two months with daily full-body use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream and NIVEA Creme?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Rich Nourishing Body Cream is a lighter, faster-absorbing body moisturizer with almond oil that spreads easily over large areas. NIVEA Creme is the original thick, water-in-oil balm from the blue tin, better for small, very dry patches, hands, and face. Choose this jar for everyday full-body use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size and pack options are available for NIVEA Rich Nourishing Body Cream?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This listing is the 13.5 fl oz (400 mL) European jar, the largest standard size NIVEA sells for this cream. You can order a single jar, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6. The multi-packs are popular for families and for keeping one jar in the bathroom and another by the bed.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Nivea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45679948431551,"sku":"NIVEA-RICH-BODY-CREAM-ALMOND-400ML-1PK-1","price":10.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45679948464319,"sku":"NIVEA-RICH-BODY-CREAM-ALMOND-400ML-1PK-2","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778373836991,"sku":"NIVEA-RICH-BODY-CREAM-ALMOND-400ML-PACK6","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/N3.png?v=1778968098"},{"product_id":"nivea-men-cool-kick-antiperspirant-spray-150ml-48h-cool-care","title":"NIVEA Men Cool Kick Anti-Perspirant Deodorant Spray, 150mL (5.07 fl oz), 48H Protection, Cool-Care Formula","description":"\u003cp\u003eNIVEA Men Cool Kick Anti-Perspirant Spray is a 5.07 fl oz (150 mL) aerosol antiperspirant for men with NIVEA's Cool-Care formula, mint extracts, and a 48-hour protection claim against sweat and odor. It is the European full-size can, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNIVEA Men Cool Kick Spray: 48-Hour Antiperspirant with a Cooling Kick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48-hour antiperspirant\u003c\/strong\u003e — labeled by NIVEA for two days of sweat and odor protection from one application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool-Care formula with mint extracts\u003c\/strong\u003e — a noticeable cooling sensation on the skin followed by a fresh, minty-citrus scent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.07 fl oz (150 mL) aerosol\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard full-size European can, roughly six to eight weeks of daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-drying spray\u003c\/strong\u003e — dries in seconds and leaves no sticky residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeveloped for men's skin\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of the NIVEA Men range, dermatologically tested\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for the gym bag, bathroom, and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake the can, hold it about 6 inches (15 cm) from clean, dry underarms, and spray for two to three seconds on each side. Let it dry for a few seconds before dressing. Apply once in the morning; for long or active days, a second application after showering is fine. Store the can upright at room temperature, away from heat and direct sunlight, and do not puncture or burn it even when empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout NIVEA\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNIVEA is a German skin care brand owned by Beiersdorf AG of Hamburg, and its blue-tin NIVEA Creme has been made since 1911. Today the brand covers body care, face care, sun care, and deodorants sold in more than 150 countries. NIVEA Men, launched as a dedicated men's range, uses formulas developed for men's skin. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/personal-care\"\u003ePersonal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nivea.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enivea.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is NIVEA Men Cool Kick Anti-Perspirant Spray made for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for men who want an antiperspirant with a strong cooling feel, especially in hot weather, after sport, or on long work days. The scent is fresh and minty rather than woody or musky, so it suits men who prefer a clean, energetic fragrance under their cologne or on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I apply NIVEA Men Cool Kick spray and how often?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShake the can, hold it about 6 inches (15 cm) from clean, dry underarms, and spray two to three seconds per side. Let it dry before dressing. One application in the morning is enough for most days thanks to the 48-hour claim, though you can reapply after showering or heavy exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Cool Kick spray and the Cool Kick roll-on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth use the same Cool-Care formula, mint extracts, and 48-hour antiperspirant claim. The spray is a 5.07 fl oz (150 mL) aerosol that dries instantly and feels cooler on contact. The 1.69 fl oz (50 mL) roll-on is alcohol-free, travel-size, and better for men with skin that stings after shaving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the European version of NIVEA Men Cool Kick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the 150 mL can made for the European market by Beiersdorf, which is why the volume is printed in milliliters and the label carries multilingual text. NIVEA Men aerosols are rarely sold in US stores, so this listing is the way to get the original formula and scent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Who is NIVEA Men Cool Kick Anti-Perspirant Spray made for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed for men who want an antiperspirant with a strong cooling feel, especially in hot weather, after sport, or on long work days. The scent is fresh and minty rather than woody or musky, so it suits men who prefer a clean, energetic fragrance under their cologne or on its own.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I apply NIVEA Men Cool Kick spray and how often?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Shake the can, hold it about 6 inches (15 cm) from clean, dry underarms, and spray two to three seconds per side. Let it dry before dressing. One application in the morning is enough for most days thanks to the 48-hour claim, though you can reapply after showering or heavy exercise.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Cool Kick spray and the Cool Kick roll-on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both use the same Cool-Care formula, mint extracts, and 48-hour antiperspirant claim. The spray is a 5.07 fl oz (150 mL) aerosol that dries instantly and feels cooler on contact. The 1.69 fl oz (50 mL) roll-on is alcohol-free, travel-size, and better for men with skin that stings after shaving.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the European version of NIVEA Men Cool Kick?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the 150 mL can made for the European market by Beiersdorf, which is why the volume is printed in milliliters and the label carries multilingual text. NIVEA Men aerosols are rarely sold in US stores, so this listing is the way to get the original formula and scent.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Nivea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45679571239103,"sku":"NIVEA-MEN-COOL-KICK-SPRAY-150ML-1PK-1","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45679571271871,"sku":"NIVEA-MEN-COOL-KICK-SPRAY-150ML-1PK-2","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45679571304639,"sku":"NIVEA-MEN-COOL-KICK-SPRAY-150ML-1PK-3","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/41BQpt7JSZL.jpg?v=1777319501"},{"product_id":"nestle-pure-life-purified-water-8oz-pack-of-15","title":"Nestlé Pure Life Purified Water, 8 fl oz Bottles, Pack of 15 (120 fl oz Total)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNestle Pure Life Purified Water 8 fl oz Bottles, Pack of 15, is a case of fifteen 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottles, 120 fl oz in total, of purified drinking water with a light blend of minerals added for taste. The small bottle size suits kids' lunchboxes, sports bags, and party coolers, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNestle Pure Life 8 oz Mini Bottles: Kid-Size Purified Water for Lunchboxes and Events\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurified water with minerals for taste\u003c\/strong\u003e — water is filtered through a multi-step purification process, then a small amount of minerals is added for a clean, neutral taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-serve size that fits a child's hand and lunchbox and is finished before it goes warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 15 bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — 120 fl oz per case, enough for a week of school lunches or one party cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecyclable PET bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — lightweight clear plastic with a twist cap that reseals between sips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero calories, no sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — plain still water with nothing added except trace minerals for taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottled in the United States\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced at regional bottling plants for the North American market\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChill the bottles for a few hours before serving; the 8 oz size cools quickly in a cooler with ice. Pack one per lunchbox, hand them out at soccer games and birthday parties, or keep a few in the car for short trips. Store unopened bottles in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong-smelling chemicals such as cleaners or gasoline, and use by the date printed on the cap. Once opened, drink within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Nestle Pure Life\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNestle Pure Life launched in 1998 and grew into one of the most widely sold bottled water brands in the world, with a focus on affordable family hydration. In North America the brand is now bottled and distributed under license by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, at regional plants across the United States. The Nestle name still appears on the label. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-collection\"\u003eDrinks\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.nestle.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003enestle.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Nestle Pure Life 8 oz water contain any allergens or additives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Nestle Pure Life is purified water with a small blend of minerals added for taste, typically calcium chloride, sodium bicarbonate, and magnesium sulfate. It contains no sugar, calories, flavoring, or common food allergens. The exact mineral blend is printed on the label of each bottle, so check it if you have a specific concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Nestle Pure Life water bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened bottles in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, ideally below 75 F (24 C), and away from household chemicals, gasoline, or paint, because PET plastic can absorb strong odors. Use by the date printed on the cap. Once a bottle is opened, refrigerate it and finish it within a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 8 oz and 16.9 oz Nestle Pure Life bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth hold the same purified water. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle is sized for children, small hands, and short outings, and comes 15 to a case. The 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle is the standard adult single-serve size and comes 10 to a case. Choose the mini for lunchboxes and parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Nestle Pure Life water bottled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNestle Pure Life sold in the United States is bottled at regional plants across the country, currently operated by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, under the Nestle Pure Life name. The source and bottling location for your case are printed on the label. This is a US product, not an import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Nestle Pure Life 8 oz water contain any allergens or additives?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Nestle Pure Life is purified water with a small blend of minerals added for taste, typically calcium chloride, sodium bicarbonate, and magnesium sulfate. It contains no sugar, calories, flavoring, or common food allergens. The exact mineral blend is printed on the label of each bottle, so check it if you have a specific concern.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Nestle Pure Life water bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened bottles in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, ideally below 75 F (24 C), and away from household chemicals, gasoline, or paint, because PET plastic can absorb strong odors. Use by the date printed on the cap. Once a bottle is opened, refrigerate it and finish it within a day.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 8 oz and 16.9 oz Nestle Pure Life bottles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both hold the same purified water. The 8 fl oz (237 mL) mini bottle is sized for children, small hands, and short outings, and comes 15 to a case. The 16.9 fl oz (500 mL) bottle is the standard adult single-serve size and comes 10 to a case. Choose the mini for lunchboxes and parties.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Nestle Pure Life water bottled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nestle Pure Life sold in the United States is bottled at regional plants across the country, currently operated by BlueTriton Brands, part of Primo Brands, under the Nestle Pure Life name. The source and bottling location for your case are printed on the label. This is a US product, not an import.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Nestle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42422619406527,"sku":"NESTLE-PURELIFE-8OZ-15PK","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/71mmrb4EfIL_fbd85f4c-0e61-46f8-aaf5-e29bf97d89cd.jpg?v=1777319519"},{"product_id":"milka-tuc-cracker-chocolate-bar-87g","title":"Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with TUC Crackers, 3 oz (87g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar is a 3 oz (87 g) European milk chocolate bar with crunchy TUC cracker pieces set inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker: Savory Cracker Crunch in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy TUC cracker pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — real TUC cracker bits set into every square for a salty, buttery crunch against the sweet chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 oz (87 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a compact European format sized for everyday snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet-and-salty profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — pairs a savory cracker crunch with mild milk chocolate, unlike Milka's fruit- or cream-filled bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let the chocolate soften for a second before the cracker crunch comes through; the contrast works best at room temperature. It makes a quick afternoon snack with coffee or tea, and broken pieces work well scattered over vanilla ice cream. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker different from a plain Milka Alpine Milk bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA plain Milka Alpine Milk bar is solid milk chocolate with no filling, while Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker sets crunchy TUC cracker pieces right into the chocolate for a savory, salty contrast. The cracker pieces make this bar firmer and more textured than a smooth Milka bar. Both share the same Alpine milk chocolate base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026amp; TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar in the original 87 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker different from a plain Milka Alpine Milk bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A plain Milka Alpine Milk bar is solid milk chocolate with no filling, while Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker sets crunchy TUC cracker pieces right into the chocolate for a savory, salty contrast. The cracker pieces make this bar firmer and more textured than a smooth Milka bar. Both share the same Alpine milk chocolate base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026 TUC Cracker Chocolate Bar in the original 87 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737274900671,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737274933439,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737274966207,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737274998975,"sku":"MILKA-TUC-3OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1b5ae213-9192-4a56-8c86-b87b71a08a16.png?v=1781805037"},{"product_id":"milka-oreo-brownie-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Oreo Brownie Pieces, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a soft brownie-style filling and crunchy Oreo cookie pieces wrapped in Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Oreo Brownie: Alpine Milk Chocolate Meets Oreo Cookie Crunch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrownie-style filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft cocoa layer with real Oreo cookie pieces sits inside every square, giving a richer bite than the classic Milka Oreo bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format, about 18 squares per bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Germany\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced to Milka's European quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a row of squares and let the chocolate soften on the tongue for a few seconds so the brownie filling and Oreo pieces come through together. For dessert, chop the bar over vanilla ice cream, fold chunks into cookie or brownie batter, or melt it slowly for a cocoa-Oreo dipping sauce. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClassic Milka Oreo has a vanilla cream layer with Oreo cookie pieces inside the milk chocolate. Milka Oreo Brownie replaces the cream with a soft brownie-style filling mixed with Oreo cookie pieces, so it tastes richer and more cocoa-forward. Both use the same 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate shell and come in the same 3.52 oz (100 g) bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Classic Milka Oreo has a vanilla cream layer with Oreo cookie pieces inside the milk chocolate. Milka Oreo Brownie replaces the cream with a soft brownie-style filling mixed with Oreo cookie pieces, so it tastes richer and more cocoa-forward. Both use the same 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate shell and come in the same 3.52 oz (100 g) bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Brownie Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737245409471,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737245442239,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737245475007,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737245507775,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-BROWNIE-352OZ-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_a0dfc792-2598-4f47-b44b-587c15cb71ae.png?v=1781805036"},{"product_id":"milka-oreo-sandwich-chocolate-bar-92g","title":"Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Mini Oreo Biscuits, 3.24 oz (92g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar is a 3.24 oz (92 g) European milk chocolate bar with whole mini Oreo sandwich cookies set inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Oreo Sandwich: Mini Oreo Cookies Inside Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole mini Oreo sandwiches\u003c\/strong\u003e — each square holds a complete mini Oreo cookie with its vanilla cream, not just crumbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.24 oz (92 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with a thicker profile to fit the cookies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookie crunch in every bite\u003c\/strong\u003e — the crisp Oreo wafer contrasts with the soft milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines so each piece keeps a whole mini Oreo inside, then let the chocolate soften on the tongue before biting into the cookie. It pairs well with cold milk or coffee. For desserts, chop the bar over ice cream or press pieces into cookie dough before baking. Keep it between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Oreo Sandwich and Milka Oreo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Oreo has a smooth vanilla cream layer with small Oreo pieces inside the chocolate. Milka Oreo Sandwich instead sets whole mini Oreo sandwich cookies, cream and all, into the Alpine milk chocolate, so you get a crunchier bite and a slightly thicker 3.24 oz (92 g) bar. Both share the same Milka milk chocolate shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar in the original 92 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Oreo Sandwich and Milka Oreo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Oreo has a smooth vanilla cream layer with small Oreo pieces inside the chocolate. Milka Oreo Sandwich instead sets whole mini Oreo sandwich cookies, cream and all, into the Alpine milk chocolate, so you get a crunchier bite and a slightly thicker 3.24 oz (92 g) bar. Both share the same Milka milk chocolate shell.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Sandwich Chocolate Bar in the original 92 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45736980447423,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736980480191,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736980512959,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736980545727,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-SNDWCH-92G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_cded980c-e561-4775-8720-84f96ab102b4.png?v=1781805021"},{"product_id":"milka-whole-hazelnuts-chocolate-bar-95g","title":"Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts, 3.35 oz (95g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar is a 3.35 oz (95 g) European milk chocolate bar packed with whole roasted hazelnuts in Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Whole Hazelnuts: Roasted Whole Nuts in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous whole nuts in every square, not chopped pieces or paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.35 oz (95 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format, thicker than a standard bar to hold the nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy, nutty bite\u003c\/strong\u003e — roasted hazelnut flavor balances the sweet milk chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap the bar along the scored lines and eat it at room temperature so the chocolate melts around the hazelnuts. It works well as an afternoon snack with coffee or chopped over vanilla ice cream and yogurt. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening to keep the nuts crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Whole Hazelnuts and Milka Hazelnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Whole Hazelnuts contains whole roasted hazelnuts set directly into the Alpine milk chocolate, giving a firm crunch. Milka Hazelnut, the 3.17 oz (90 g) bar, uses chopped hazelnut pieces at about nine percent, so it is smoother and softer. Choose Whole Hazelnuts for texture and Hazelnut for a milder, more chocolate-forward bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar in the original 95 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Whole Hazelnuts and Milka Hazelnut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Whole Hazelnuts contains whole roasted hazelnuts set directly into the Alpine milk chocolate, giving a firm crunch. Milka Hazelnut, the 3.17 oz (90 g) bar, uses chopped hazelnut pieces at about nine percent, so it is smoother and softer. Choose Whole Hazelnuts for texture and Hazelnut for a milder, more chocolate-forward bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Whole Hazelnuts Chocolate Bar in the original 95 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737207562431,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737207595199,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737207627967,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737207660735,"sku":"MILKA-WHOLEHZLNT-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/71UvSYoyvoL_8c5a8696-ea77-4016-8ab3-d2da6e9afd3c.png?v=1777324007"},{"product_id":"milka-mousse-au-chocolat-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Chocolate Mousse Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a light, airy chocolate mousse filling inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Mousse au Chocolat: Airy Chocolate Mousse in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhipped mousse filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a light, aerated chocolate center that melts faster than solid chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with large, thick squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDessert-style bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of Milka's dessert range, inspired by French mousse au chocolat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let it rest on the tongue; the mousse filling softens within seconds and the milk chocolate shell follows. Serve at room temperature for the fullest texture. It also works well chilled for ten minutes as a firmer dessert bite. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the mousse au chocolat filling taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is a whipped, aerated milk chocolate cream, so it is lighter and softer than a truffle or caramel center. It tastes like a spoonful of chocolate mousse dessert with a mild cocoa note, and the Alpine milk chocolate shell adds sweetness and creaminess. The texture is the main difference from a solid Milka bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the mousse au chocolat filling taste like?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is a whipped, aerated milk chocolate cream, so it is lighter and softer than a truffle or caramel center. It tastes like a spoonful of chocolate mousse dessert with a mild cocoa note, and the Alpine milk chocolate shell adds sweetness and creaminess. The texture is the main difference from a solid Milka bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Mousse au Chocolat Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737197011135,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737197043903,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737197076671,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737197109439,"sku":"MILKA-MOUSSE-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/116690_grande_1.jpg?v=1778964910"},{"product_id":"milka-hazelnut-chocolate-bar-90g","title":"Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk Chocolate with Hazelnuts (9%), 3.17 oz (90g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar is a 3.17 oz (90 g) European milk chocolate bar with chopped roasted hazelnuts, about nine percent by weight, mixed through Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Hazelnut: Chopped Roasted Hazelnuts in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChopped roasted hazelnuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — about nine percent hazelnut pieces spread evenly through every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.17 oz (90 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic European Milka format with slim, snappable squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth with a light crunch\u003c\/strong\u003e — finer nut pieces than the Whole Hazelnuts bar, so the chocolate stays the star\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off a row and enjoy it at room temperature with coffee or tea. Chop the bar into baking batter for hazelnut-chocolate cookies, or melt it gently for a nutty ganache. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Hazelnut and Milka Whole Hazelnuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Hazelnut uses chopped hazelnut pieces, about nine percent of the bar, so the texture is smooth with a light crunch and the milk chocolate flavor leads. Milka Whole Hazelnuts, the 3.35 oz (95 g) bar, holds whole roasted nuts for a much firmer, nuttier bite. Both use the same Alpine milk chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Hazelnut and Milka Whole Hazelnuts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Hazelnut uses chopped hazelnut pieces, about nine percent of the bar, so the texture is smooth with a light crunch and the milk chocolate flavor leads. Milka Whole Hazelnuts, the 3.35 oz (95 g) bar, holds whole roasted nuts for a much firmer, nuttier bite. Both use the same Alpine milk chocolate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737185378495,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737185411263,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737185444031,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737185476799,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-90G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/71ciLNCNZCL.jpg?v=1777319586"},{"product_id":"milka-caramel-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Caramel Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Caramel Creme Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a soft, spreadable caramel cream filling inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Caramel Creme: Soft Caramel Cream in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaramel cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, set caramel center that does not run when the bar is broken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced sweetness\u003c\/strong\u003e — buttery caramel notes without the stickiness of a liquid caramel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines and eat at room temperature so the caramel cream stays soft and the chocolate melts evenly. It pairs well with black coffee or a glass of milk. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Caramel Creme and Milka Caramel Filled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place when you break a square, so it is neater to eat. Milka Caramel Filled contains a flowing liquid caramel that oozes out of each piece. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; the difference is filling texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Caramel Creme and Milka Caramel Filled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place when you break a square, so it is neater to eat. Milka Caramel Filled contains a flowing liquid caramel that oozes out of each piece. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; the difference is filling texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Creme Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737038217407,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737038250175,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737038282943,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737038315711,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1b33345b-14ef-4b08-92cf-282120588ddd.png?v=1781805026"},{"product_id":"milka-hazelnut-cream-spread-600g-jar","title":"Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread 600g Jar — European Chocolate Spread","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Hazelnut Cream Spread is a 21.2 oz (600 g) jar of smooth European chocolate hazelnut spread made with Alpine milk chocolate and roasted hazelnuts. It is the genuine imported jar, available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Hazelnut Cream Spread: Alpine Milk Chocolate in a Spreadable Jar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlpine milk chocolate base\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same Milka milk chocolate flavor, blended into a soft spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted hazelnut cream\u003c\/strong\u003e — mild hazelnut flavor that is creamier and less nutty than typical spreads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 21.2 oz (600 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the European family-size format, roughly 40 servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads straight from the jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth at room temperature, no need to warm it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking up or gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpread it on toast, brioche, crepes, waffles, or pancakes, or swirl a spoonful into warm oatmeal and yogurt. It also works as a filling for crepes and thumbprint cookies. Store the jar at room temperature, 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), with the lid closed; do not refrigerate, which makes the spread hard. Use a clean, dry spoon each time and finish within a few months of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contains milk, soy, and hazelnuts, and it is made in a facility that also handles almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the jar before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the jar at room temperature, 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat sources such as the stove. Do not refrigerate; cold makes the spread hard and difficult to spread. Close the lid tightly after each use and use a clean, dry spoon. Once opened, aim to finish it within about three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread compare to Nutella?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka's spread is built around Alpine milk chocolate, so it tastes milkier and more chocolate-forward, while Nutella leads with roasted hazelnut. Milka's texture is slightly lighter and softer. Both are palm-oil based spreads with a similar sugar level, so the choice comes down to whether you prefer a chocolate-first or hazelnut-first flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread in the original 600 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread contains milk, soy, and hazelnuts, and it is made in a facility that also handles almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the jar before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the jar at room temperature, 60 to 72 F (16 to 22 C), away from direct sunlight and heat sources such as the stove. Do not refrigerate; cold makes the spread hard and difficult to spread. Close the lid tightly after each use and use a clean, dry spoon. Once opened, aim to finish it within about three months.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread compare to Nutella?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka's spread is built around Alpine milk chocolate, so it tastes milkier and more chocolate-forward, while Nutella leads with roasted hazelnut. Milka's texture is slightly lighter and softer. Both are palm-oil based spreads with a similar sugar level, so the choice comes down to whether you prefer a chocolate-first or hazelnut-first flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Hazelnut Cream Spread in the original 600 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45804839600319,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-SPREAD-600G-SINGLE","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45804839633087,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-SPREAD-600G-PACK3","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45804839665855,"sku":"MILKA-HAZELNUT-SPREAD-600G-PACK6","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61zsrHGaZKL.jpg?v=1777319589"},{"product_id":"milka-cow-spots-chocolate-bar-90g","title":"Milka Cow Spots Milk \u0026 White Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with White Chocolate Swirls, 3.17 oz (90g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar (Kuhflecken) is a 3.17 oz (90 g) European bar that swirls Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate with white chocolate in a playful cow-spot pattern. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Cow Spots (Kuhflecken): Alpine Milk and White Chocolate Swirled Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo chocolates in one bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — Alpine milk chocolate and white chocolate marbled into a cow-spot pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka base made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.17 oz (90 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic European Milka format with slim, snappable squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bar, no filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth, creamy bite with the sweeter vanilla note of white chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold in Germany as Milka Kuhflecken, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap off a row and let the two chocolates melt together on the tongue. Because there is no filling, this bar melts cleanly for hot chocolate, ganache, or dipping strawberries, and the marbled squares look good on dessert boards for kids. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Cow Spots the same as Milka Kuhflecken?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Kuhflecken is the German name, meaning cow spots, and it is printed on the European wrapper. The bar is Milka Alpine milk chocolate marbled with white chocolate to mimic the pattern of the Milka cow. It is a solid bar without a filling, which makes it one of the mildest, creamiest bars in the Milka range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Cow Spots the same as Milka Kuhflecken?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Kuhflecken is the German name, meaning cow spots, and it is printed on the European wrapper. The bar is Milka Alpine milk chocolate marbled with white chocolate to mimic the pattern of the Milka cow. It is a solid bar without a filling, which makes it one of the mildest, creamiest bars in the Milka range.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Cow Spots Milk and White Chocolate Bar in the original 90 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737170763967,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737170796735,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737170829503,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737170862271,"sku":"MILKA-COWSPOTS-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81CHXtxjkLL.png?v=1777322027"},{"product_id":"milka-chocolate-variety-pack-randomly-selected","title":"Milka Chocolate Variety Pack, Randomly Selected Full Size Bars, Imported from Europe","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Chocolate Variety Pack is a randomly selected assortment of full-size European Milka bars, 3.07 to 3.52 oz (87 to 100 g) each, drawn from the most popular Alpine milk chocolate flavors. Every bar is the genuine imported product, available in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Chocolate Variety Pack: A Surprise Mix of Full-Size Alpine Milk Chocolate Bars\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size bars only\u003c\/strong\u003e — each bar is 3.07 to 3.52 oz (87 to 100 g), never minis or samples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRandomly selected flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn from Milka favorites such as Alpine Milk, Oreo, Caramel, Hazelnut, Strawberry, and Cow Spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — every bar shares the signature smooth, creamy Milka base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same bars sold in Germany, not reformulated US versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssortment may repeat\u003c\/strong\u003e — selection depends on stock; a pack may include more than one of the same flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for tasting, gifting, and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the pack and set the bars out by flavor for a tasting, starting with plain Alpine Milk and moving to filled bars like Caramel and Strawberry. Keep unopened bars between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal any opened wrapper. For gifting, the mixed lilac wrappers work well in a small basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Milka bar contains milk and soy, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain wheat (Oreo varieties) or hazelnuts. All are made in a facility that handles nuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read each wrapper before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka chocolate bars from the variety pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled bars such as Caramel and Strawberry are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose which flavors are in the Milka Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pack is randomly selected from the Milka bars in stock at the time of shipping, which is what keeps the price lower than buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Milka collection; every single flavor we carry is listed there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Chocolate Variety Pack imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Chocolate Variety Pack in the original 87 g to 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Chocolate Variety Pack contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every Milka bar contains milk and soy, and depending on the flavors in your pack some also contain wheat (Oreo varieties) or hazelnuts. All are made in a facility that handles nuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read each wrapper before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka chocolate bars from the variety pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bars in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom and dulls the flavor. Filled bars such as Caramel and Strawberry are best eaten within a week of opening; solid bars keep longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I choose which flavors are in the Milka Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The pack is randomly selected from the Milka bars in stock at the time of shipping, which is what keeps the price lower than buying flavors individually. Repeats are possible. If you want specific bars, order them separately from the Milka collection; every single flavor we carry is listed there.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Chocolate Variety Pack imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Chocolate Variety Pack in the original 87 g to 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737294364863,"sku":"MILKA-MIX-PACK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737294397631,"sku":"MILKA-MIX-PACK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737294430399,"sku":"MILKA-MIX-PACK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81flJ1YR9vL.png?v=1777323340"},{"product_id":"milka-caramel-filled-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Liquid Caramel Filling, 3.52 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar is a 3.52 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a flowing liquid caramel center inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Caramel Filled: Liquid Caramel Inside Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowing liquid caramel\u003c\/strong\u003e — a runny golden caramel that oozes out when you break a square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.52 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with large, thick filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRich, buttery flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet caramel against mild milk chocolate, one square is a full bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off one square at a time and bite it whole so the liquid caramel stays inside. Serve at room temperature; chilling firms the caramel slightly for a cleaner bite. It pairs well with espresso or salted pretzels. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Caramel Filled and Milka Caramel Creme?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Caramel Filled has a liquid caramel center that flows out when a square is broken, similar to a caramel-filled truffle. Milka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; choose Filled for a runny caramel and Creme for a neater bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Caramel Filled and Milka Caramel Creme?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Caramel Filled has a liquid caramel center that flows out when a square is broken, similar to a caramel-filled truffle. Milka Caramel Creme has a soft, set caramel cream that stays in place. Both are 3.52 oz (100 g) bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell; choose Filled for a runny caramel and Creme for a neater bite.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Caramel Filled Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737131835583,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737131868351,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737131901119,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737131933887,"sku":"MILKA-CARAMEL-FILLED-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/51yo8SnCHHL.jpg?v=1777319607"},{"product_id":"milka-strawberry-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Strawberry Cream Filling, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Strawberry Chocolate Bar is a 3.5 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a pink strawberry cream filling inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Strawberry: Strawberry Cream Filling in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberry cream filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smooth pink cream with real strawberry powder and a light yogurt note\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.5 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruity and creamy\u003c\/strong\u003e — a long-running Milka classic sold across Europe since the 1990s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines and eat at room temperature so the strawberry cream stays soft. It pairs well with sparkling water or as a dessert bite after dinner, and chopped pieces work in vanilla ice cream or white cake batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Strawberry contain real strawberries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filling is made with strawberry powder from real fruit plus a yogurt-style cream, which gives the pink color and the tangy-sweet flavor. It is not a jam or fruit puree center, so it stays firm at room temperature. The Alpine milk chocolate shell is the same used across the Milka range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar contains milk and soy, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Strawberry contain real strawberries?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The filling is made with strawberry powder from real fruit plus a yogurt-style cream, which gives the pink color and the tangy-sweet flavor. It is not a jam or fruit puree center, so it stays firm at room temperature. The Alpine milk chocolate shell is the same used across the Milka range.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Strawberry Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45737016295615,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45737016328383,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45737016361151,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45737016393919,"sku":"MILKA-STRAWBERRY-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_f2d60b7c-84eb-49ff-84ae-72a4fdd281a8.png?v=1781805023"},{"product_id":"milka-oreo-inside-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka \u0026 Oreo Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Oreo Biscuit Pieces \u0026 Vanilla Cream Filling, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka Oreo Chocolate Bar is a 3.5 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with a vanilla cream filling and crunchy Oreo cookie pieces inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka Oreo: Vanilla Cream and Oreo Cookie Pieces in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVanilla cream with Oreo pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — a soft white cream layer studded with crunchy Oreo cookie bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.5 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, filled squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookies-and-cream flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original Milka and Oreo collaboration bar, launched in 2012\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let the milk chocolate soften before biting through the cream and cookie layer. It pairs well with cold milk. For dessert, chop it into cookies-and-cream milkshakes or press chunks into brownie batter before baking. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka Oreo has a vanilla cream filling with Oreo cookie pieces, giving a classic cookies-and-cream taste. Milka Oreo Brownie swaps the vanilla cream for a soft brownie-style cocoa filling with Oreo pieces, so it is richer and more chocolate-forward. Both are 100 g bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, wheat, and egg. Anyone with a nut, gluten, or egg allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka Oreo and Milka Oreo Brownie?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka Oreo has a vanilla cream filling with Oreo cookie pieces, giving a classic cookies-and-cream taste. Milka Oreo Brownie swaps the vanilla cream for a soft brownie-style cocoa filling with Oreo pieces, so it is richer and more chocolate-forward. Both are 100 g bars with the same Alpine milk chocolate shell.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka Oreo Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45736988803263,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736988836031,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736988868799,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736988901567,"sku":"MILKA-OREO-INSIDE-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61APYfE_uZL.jpg?v=1777319621"},{"product_id":"milka-chips-ahoy-chocolate-bar-100g","title":"Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar, Alpine Milk with Chips Ahoy Cookie Pieces, 3.5 oz (100g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar is a 3.5 oz (100 g) European milk chocolate bar with real Chips Ahoy cookie pieces set inside Milka's 100 percent Alpine milk chocolate. It is the genuine imported bar, available as a single or in packs of 3, 6, and 10, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMilka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy: Cookie Pieces in Alpine Milk Chocolate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Chips Ahoy cookie pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — crunchy, chocolate-chip cookie bits set throughout every square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent Alpine milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature smooth, creamy Milka shell made with milk from the Alps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size 3.5 oz (100 g) bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the original European format with thick, textured squares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookie-and-chocolate crunch\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firmer bite than a plain Milka bar thanks to the baked cookie pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic import\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same recipe sold in Germany, not a reformulated US version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, Pack of 6, and Pack of 10 for sharing, gifting, and stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak off a square and let the milk chocolate soften before biting into the cookie pieces; the crunch is more noticeable at room temperature than chilled. It pairs well with cold milk or coffee, and chopped pieces work well folded into cookie or brownie batter. Keep the bar between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from sunlight and strong odors, and reseal the wrapper after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Milka\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilka has been making Alpine milk chocolate since 1901, when the brand launched in Switzerland with its now-famous lilac wrapper and cow. Today Milka is produced by Mondelez International, mainly in Lörrach, Germany, and remains one of Europe's best-selling chocolate brands. Browse more European favorites in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection or see the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/milka-chocolate-bars\"\u003eMilka range\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.milka.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emilka.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy and Milka Oreo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMilka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy uses crunchy Chips Ahoy cookie pieces set into a solid milk chocolate bar with no cream layer. Milka Oreo instead layers a vanilla cream filling with Oreo pieces between chocolate surfaces, so it has a softer center. Both are 100 g bars on the same Alpine milk chocolate base, but Chips Ahoy is the firmer bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026amp; Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar contains milk, soy, and wheat, and it is produced in a facility that also handles hazelnuts, almonds, peanuts, and egg. Anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the wrapper before eating, since European recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the bar in a cool, dry place between 60 and 68 F (16 to 20 C), away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Avoid the refrigerator, which causes a harmless white bloom on the surface and dulls the Alpine milk chocolate flavor. Once opened, reseal the wrapper and finish the bar within a week.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy and Milka Oreo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy uses crunchy Chips Ahoy cookie pieces set into a solid milk chocolate bar with no cream layer. Milka Oreo instead layers a vanilla cream filling with Oreo pieces between chocolate surfaces, so it has a softer center. Both are 100 g bars on the same Alpine milk chocolate base, but Chips Ahoy is the firmer bar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar imported from Europe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic European Milka \u0026 Chips Ahoy Chocolate Bar in the original 100 g format, not a US-market version. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse, so US and Canadian customers receive the same recipe sold in Germany and across Europe.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Milka","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45736963342527,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-SINGLE","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45736963375295,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-PK3","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45736963408063,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-PK6","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 10","offer_id":45736963440831,"sku":"MILKA-CHIPSAHOY-100G-PK10","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/products\/61XkkLj26EL.jpg?v=1777319665"},{"product_id":"lindt-swiss-premium-milk-chocolate-candy-bar-with-whole-hazelnuts-10-6-oz-b","title":"Lindt Swiss Premium Milk Chocolate Bar with Whole Hazelnuts, 10.6 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eLindt Swiss Premium Milk Chocolate Bar with Whole Hazelnuts is a 10.6 oz Swiss milk chocolate bar studded with whole hazelnuts throughout. It comes as a Single bar or in a Pack of 3, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLindt Swiss Milk Chocolate with Whole Hazelnuts: A 10.6 oz Bar for Sharing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwiss milk chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e — smooth milk chocolate made to Lindt's Swiss recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole hazelnuts throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole roasted hazelnuts distributed through every bar, not chopped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 10.6 oz bar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a big-format bar suited to sharing or a stocked pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCocoa Farming Program sourcing\u003c\/strong\u003e — cocoa sourced through Lindt's sustainability program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single and Pack of 3 for sharing, gifting, or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreak the bar along the scored lines into individual portions and serve at room temperature so the chocolate and hazelnuts come through together. Chop pieces over ice cream, fold them into cookie or brownie batter, or set squares out on a dessert board with dried fruit. Store the bar in a cool, dry place away from heat, moisture, and direct sunlight, and reseal the wrapper tightly after opening to help protect flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Lindt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLindt is a Swiss chocolatier with a long history of crafting Swiss milk chocolate, known for a smooth, melt-in-the-mouth texture. The Whole Hazelnuts bar pairs that signature milk chocolate with whole roasted hazelnuts for a large-format bar suited to sharing, gifting, or keeping on hand for dessert. Lindt participates in a Cocoa Farming Program aimed at more sustainable, traceable cocoa sourcing. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate-bars\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate Bars\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lindtusa.com\/\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003elindtusa.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Lindt Whole Hazelnuts chocolate contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This bar contains milk and hazelnuts, and Lindt chocolate is typically produced in facilities that also handle soy. Anyone with a milk, tree nut, or soy allergy should read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the current wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this Lindt chocolate bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the bar in a cool, dry place away from heat, moisture, and direct sunlight, ideally around 60 to 68 F. Avoid refrigerating it, since cold and condensation can cause a harmless white bloom on the surface and dull the chocolate's flavor. Reseal the wrapper tightly once opened and eat within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Single and Pack of 3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth options contain the exact same 10.6 oz Lindt Swiss milk chocolate bar with whole hazelnuts; only the quantity changes. The Single is one bar, while the Pack of 3 includes three bars, making it a convenient choice for gifting, sharing with a group, or simply keeping extra chocolate on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the hazelnuts in this bar whole or chopped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe hazelnuts in this Lindt bar are whole, roasted hazelnuts distributed throughout the milk chocolate rather than chopped pieces or paste. This gives each bite a firmer, nuttier crunch than bars made with finely chopped nuts, while the surrounding milk chocolate keeps its smooth, classic Lindt texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Lindt Whole Hazelnuts chocolate contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This bar contains milk and hazelnuts, and Lindt chocolate is typically produced in facilities that also handle soy. Anyone with a milk, tree nut, or soy allergy should read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the current wrapper before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store this Lindt chocolate bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store the bar in a cool, dry place away from heat, moisture, and direct sunlight, ideally around 60 to 68 F. Avoid refrigerating it, since cold and condensation can cause a harmless white bloom on the surface and dull the chocolate's flavor. Reseal the wrapper tightly once opened and eat within a few weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the Single and Pack of 3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both options contain the exact same 10.6 oz Lindt Swiss milk chocolate bar with whole hazelnuts; only the quantity changes. The Single is one bar, while the Pack of 3 includes three bars, making it a convenient choice for gifting, sharing with a group, or simply keeping extra chocolate on hand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the hazelnuts in this bar whole or chopped?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The hazelnuts in this Lindt bar are whole, roasted hazelnuts distributed throughout the milk chocolate rather than chopped pieces or paste. This gives each bite a firmer, nuttier crunch than bars made with finely chopped nuts, while the surrounding milk chocolate keeps its smooth, classic Lindt texture.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Lindt","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42635140202687,"sku":"LINDT-WHN-1","price":23.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45863523975359,"sku":"LINDT-WHN-3","price":64.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/61YO2DLinSL.png?v=1777324208"}],"url":"https:\/\/realprimedeals.com\/collections\/new-arrivals.oembed?page=70","provider":"Real Prime Deals","version":"1.0","type":"link"}